Practice Book 1 pearson english
Transcript of Practice Book 1 pearson english
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 1/351
Practice
Book
GRADE 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 2/351
B
Published by Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
Two Penn Plaza, New York, New York 10121.
Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be
reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the
prior written consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., including, but not limited to, network storage or
transmission, or broadcast for distance learning.
Printed in the United States of America
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ROV 14 13 12 11 10
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 3/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Unit 1 • Let’s Learn
WolvesWolf!
Phonics: Long o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Comprehension: Compare and Contrast . . . . . 34Comprehension: Compare and
Contrast Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Fluency: Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Comprehension: Persuasive Text . . . . . . . . . . . 37Text Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Vocabulary Strategy:
Multiple-Meaning Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Those Special BooksMy Very Own Room
Phonics: Long i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Comprehension: Make and
Confirm Predictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Comprehension: Predictions Chart . . . . . . . . . . 45Fluency: Phrasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Comprehension: Narrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Text Feature: Guide Words, Headings, and
Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Vocabulary Strategy: Suffixes -er , -est . . . . . . . 49Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
TeachersFirst Day Jitters
Phonics: Short Vowels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Comprehension: Character, Setting, Plot . . . . . . 4Comprehension: Story Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Fluency: Phrasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Comprehension: Sensory Language . . . . . . . . . 7Text Feature: Bar Graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Vocabulary Strategy: Prefixes un -, non - . . . . . . . 9Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
The Power of Books
Amazing Grace Phonics: Final e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . . 14Comprehension: Cause and Effect Chart. . . . . 15Fluency: Intonation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Comprehension: Theme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Literary Element: Personification. . . . . . . . . . . . 18Vocabulary Strategy: Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Building SchoolsEarth Smart
Phonics: Long a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Comprehension: Main Ideas and Details . . . . . 24Comprehension: Main Ideas and
Details Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Fluency: Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . . 27Study Skill: Using a Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Vocabulary Strategy: Thesaurus:
Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Contents
iii
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 4/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
ContentsUnit 2 • Neighborhoods and Communities
Working TogetherHere’s My Dollar
Phonics: Digraphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Comprehension: State Author’s Purpose . . . . . 84Comprehension: Author’s Purpose Chart. . . . . 85Fluency: Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Comprehension: Persuasive Language . . . . . . 87Literary Element: Rhyme Scheme and
Repetition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Vocabulary Strategy: Context Clues:
Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Building HomesA Castle on Viola Street
Phonics: Contractions with Pronouns andVerbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91–95
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Comprehension: Theme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Comprehension: Theme Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99F l u e n c y : P h r a s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Comprehension: Make and
Confirm Predictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Text Feature: Features in a Textbook . . . . . . . 102
Vocabulary Strategy: Paragraph Clues. . . . . . 103Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Birth of a TownBoom Town
Phonics: Long e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Comprehension: Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Comprehension: Sequence Chart. . . . . . . . . . . 55Fluency: Phrasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . . 57Text Feature: Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Vocabulary Strategy: Compound Words . . . . . 59Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Starting a Local Business
Home-Grown Butterflies Phonics: Silent Letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . . 64Comprehension: Conclusion Map. . . . . . . . . . . 65Fluency: Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . . 67Literary Element: Personification and
Assonance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Vocabulary Strategy:
Multiple-Meaning Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
CommunitiesGo West!
Phonics: Three-Letter Blends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Comprehension: Main Ideas and Details . . . . . 74Comprehension: Main Ideas and
Details Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Fluency: Pronunciation and Phrasing . . . . . . . . 76Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . . 77Study Skill: Parts of a Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Vocabulary Strategy: Antonyms . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
iv
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 5/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
ContentsUnit 3 • Express Yourself
Being an ArtistWhat Do Illustrators Do?
Phonics: Diphthong oi , oy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Comprehension: Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Comprehension: Sequence Chart. . . . . . . . . . 139
Fluency: Phrasing and Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . 141
Text Feature: Interviews. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Vocabulary Strategy: Sentence Clues . . . . . . 143
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 144
My Art
The Jones Family Express Phonics: Variant Vowel: oo , u_e ,ue , ew , ou , ui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Comprehension: Make Inferences . . . . . . . . . 148Comprehension: Inference Chart . . . . . . . . . . 149
Fluency: Intonation and Expression . . . . . . . . 150
Comprehension: First- andThird-Person Narrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Text Feature: Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Vocabulary Strategy: Homophones . . . . . . . . 153
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Being a WriterAuthor: A True Story
Phonics: r -Controlled Vowels er , ir , ur . . . . . . . 105Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Comprehension: Author’s Purpose . . . . . . . . . 108Comprehension: Author’s Purpose Chart. . . . 109F l u e n c y : P h r a s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Comprehension: Biographya n d A u t o b i o g r a p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Literary Element: Onomatopoeia, Rhythm . . . .112Vocabulary Strategy: Context Clues:
Word Clues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Writing LettersDear Juno
Phonics: r -Controlled Vowels ar , or . . . . . . . . . .115Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Comprehension: Character, Setting, Plot . . . . .118Comprehension: Character Web. . . . . . . . . . . .119Fluency: Expression and Intonation . . . . . . . . 120
Comprehension: Use Graphic Features . . . . . 121
Text Feature: Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Vocabulary Strategy: Context Clues:Sentence Clues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Let’s CommunicateMessaging Mania
Phonics/Word Study: Prefixes re- , un- ,pre- , mis- , dis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . 128
Comprehension: Cause and Effect Chart. . . . 129
Fluency: Pronunciation and Phrasing . . . . . . . 130
Comprehension: Media Literacy . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Study Skill: Using the Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Vocabulary Strategy: Homographs. . . . . . . . . 133
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 134
v
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 6/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
ContentsUnit 4 • Our Teams
Family TeamsRamona and Her Father
Phonics/Word Study: Homophones . . . . . . . . 189Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Comprehension: Problem and Solution . . . . . 192
Comprehension: Problem andSolution Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Fluency: Intonation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Comprehension: Media
and Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Literary Element: Speaker and Imagery . . . . . 196Vocabulary Strategy: Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 198
AstronautsOut of This World! The Ellen Ochoa Story
Phonics: Soft c and g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Comprehension: Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Comprehension: Sequence Chart. . . . . . . . . . 203Fluency: Pronunciation and Phrasing . . . . . . . 204Comprehension: Theme of a Myth . . . . . . . . . 205Literary Element: Imagery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Vocabulary Strategy: Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . 207Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Working as OneSeven Spools of Thread
Phonics: Diphthong ou , ow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . 158
Comprehension: Conclusion Map. . . . . . . . . . 159
F l u e n c y : P h r a s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Comprehension: Sensory Language . . . . . . . 161
Text Feature: Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Vocabulary Strategy:
Multiple-Meaning Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Unique TalentsNacho and Lolita Phonics/Word Study: Plurals. . . . . . . . . . .165–169Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Comprehension: Theme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Comprehension: Theme Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Fluency: Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Comprehension: Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Literary Element: Consonance and
Metaphor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Vocabulary Strategy: Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Community TeamworkA Growing Interest
Phonics/Word Study: VariantVowels au , aw , alt , alk , all , ough . . . . . . . . . . 179
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Comprehension: Problem and Solution . . . . . 182Comprehension: Problem and
Solution Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Fluency: Pronunciation and Phrasing . . . . . . . 184Comprehension: Text Features. . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Study Skill: Media Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Vocabulary Strategy: Suffixes -ful , -ly , -less . . 187
Reading Strategy/Reading Log. . . . . . . . . . . . 188
vi
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 7/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
ContentsUnusual Animal TalentsWilbur’s Boast (Charlotte’s Web)
Phonics/Word Study: InflectionalEndings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247–251
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . 254Comprehension: Draw Conclusions Chart . . . 255
Fluency: Pacing and Phrasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Comprehension: Theme of a Fable. . . . . . . . . 257Literary Element: Personification and
Moral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Vocabulary Strategy: Prefixes re- , un- ,
dis- , pre- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Survival and AdaptationUnique Animals of the Southwest
Phonics/Word Study: Open Syllables. . . .261–265Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Comprehension: Compare and Contrast . . . . 268Comprehension: Venn Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . 269Fluency: Intonation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Comprehension: Draw Conclusions . . . . . . . . 271
Literary Element: Foreshadowing . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vocabulary Strategy: Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Antarctic LifePenguin Chick
Phonics/Word Study: Compound Words . . . . 209Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Comprehension: Main Idea and Details . . . . . 212
Comprehension: Main Idea andDetails Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Fluency: Pacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Comprehension: Main Idea and Details . . . . . 215
Literary Element: Imagery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Vocabulary Strategy: Homographs . . . . . . . . . 217
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Animal HomesAnimal Homes Phonics/Word Study: Inflectional
Endings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219–223Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Comprehension: Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Comprehension: Description Web. . . . . . . . . . 227
Fluency: Pacing and Phrasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Comprehension: Follow Directions . . . . . . . . . 229Text Feature: Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Vocabulary Strategy: Homophones . . . . . . . . 231Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Animals on the MoveCall of the Wild
Phonics: Closed Syllables . . . . . . . . . . . . .233–237Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Comprehension: Cause and Effect . . . . . . . . . 240Comprehension: Cause and Effect Chart. . . . 241
Fluency: Phrasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Comprehension: Text Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Study Skill: Skim and Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Vocabulary Strategy: Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Unit 5 • Those Amazing Animals
vii
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 8/351
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
ContentsOur StoriesCook-a-Doodle-Doo!
Phonics: r -Controlled Vowel Syllables . . . 317–321Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Comprehension: Compare and Contrast . . . . 324
Comprehension: Venn Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . 325Fluency: Phrasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Comprehension: Compare Settings . . . . . . . . 327
Text Feature: Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Vocabulary Strategy: Idioms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Tales of Long Ago
One Riddle, One Answer Phonics/Word Study: Suffixes. . . . . . . . . .331–335Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Comprehension: Character, Setting, Plot . . . . 338Comprehension: Setting Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Fluency: Phrasing and Intonation . . . . . . . . . . 340
Comprehension: Compare Settings . . . . . . . . 341
Literary Element: SensoryLanguage: Imagery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Vocabulary Strategy: Unfamiliar Words . . . . . 343Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Unit 6 • Storytellers
FolktalesStone Soup
Phonics/Word Study: Prefixes . . . . . . . . . 275–279Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Comprehension: Make Inferences . . . . . . . . . 282Comprehension: Inference Map . . . . . . . . . . . 283Fluency: Phrasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Comprehension: Character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Text Feature: Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Vocabulary Strategy: Synonyms . . . . . . . . . . . 287Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Plays
The Strongest One Phonics: Final Stable Syllables . . . . . . . . 289–293
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Comprehension: Summarize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Comprehension: Story Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Fluency: Expression and Intonation . . . . . . . . 298Comprehension: Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Text Feature: Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Vocabulary Strategy: Antonyms . . . . . . . . . . . 301Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Trickster TalesTales of the Trickster
Phonics: Vowel Team Syllables. . . . . . . . 303–307
Decoding Strategy Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Comprehension: Compare and Contrast . . . . 310
Comprehension: Venn Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . .311Fluency: Pronunciation and Phrasing . . . . . . . 312
Comprehension: Compare Settings . . . . . . . . 313
Study Skill: Functional Documents . . . . . . . . . 314
Vocabulary Strategy: Prefixes and Suffixes . . 315
Reading Strategy/Reading Log . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
viii
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 9/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
1
Phonics:
Short Vowels
Fill the blank in each word below with a letter that makes a short
vowel sound.
1. Please st p to the rear o the bus.
2. Our new baby sleeps in a cr
b.
3. This is the frst time I have eaten carrots or a sn ck.
4. I just learned how to j mp rope.
5. Our frst time at the park we saw ducks in the p nd.
6. Sandy orgot to put a st mp on the frst letter she wrote.
7. The audience will cl p at the beginning o the show.
8. Mom and Dad will sh p or a new car.
9. I have to p ck my clothes beore I leave.
10. Pat will p ck the place to go on vacation.
11. My room was a m ss ater my little brother played in it.
12. Would you like a peach or a pl m?
The short vowel sounds are the vowel sounds that the letters
a, e, i, o, and u stand or in the ollowing words:
pack step pick sock truck
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 10/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 12
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 11/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
3
5.
1. 2.
3.
4.
Vocabulary
Use the clues to complete the ollowing crossword puzzle.
Across
3. dropped
5. laughed in a quiet way
Down
1. araid or worried
2. walked slowly
4. silly or untrue idea
trudged nonsense nervous
umbled downstairs chuckled
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 12/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
4
Comprehension:
Character, Setting,
Plot
The characters are the people or animals in a story. The
characters’ actions aect each other and the events o the
story. The plot includes the important events that happen in the
beginning, middle, and end o the story. The setting is when
and where the story happens.
Read the story, then answer the questions below.
Brian and Josh worked in a supermarket. They were not riends. One
day Josh had to pick up the carts. Josh did not like this job. It was coldoutside. Brian wanted to help Josh. Brian showed Josh how to make a train
o carts. Ater an hour, Josh had ten carts. He pushed them into the store.
Josh inished his job. Then he thanked Brian. Soon Josh and Brian became
best riends.
1. How do Josh and Brian eel about each other at the beginning o
the story?
2. What happened in the story frst?
3. What happens ater Josh fnishes his job?
4. How does Josh eel about Brian at the end o the story?
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 13/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
5
As you read First Day Jitters, ill in the Story Map.
haracters
Setting
How does the inormation you wrote in this Story Map help you
analyze story structure in First Day Jitters?
Comprehension:
Story Map
Beginning
Middle
End
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 14/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
6
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
One Monday in November, Jay and his mother drove
9 to a yellow brick building with a sign in ront that said:21 “Rosewood Middle School.” It was a big building—much
30 taller than Jay’s old school.
35 Jay’s mother illed out lots o orms. Beore they let,
45 the school principal, Ms. Tucker, came out o her oice
55 and shook Jay’s hand. “Welcome to Rosewood,” she said.
64 “We’ll see you tomorrow.”
68 On Tuesday morning, Jay’s older sister, Eva, gave him
77 a ride to school. “Are you nervous?” she asked.
86 Jay shrugged and then nodded. “I hate being the new kid,”
97 he admitted. 99
Comprehension Check
1. Who is the main character, and what is the story about? Character, Plot
2. Why is Jay nervous? Plot
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 15/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
7
Read each passage below. Write the words that help create a
picture in your mind.
1. My mom was telling me about how sae our neighborhood is. Then, like a
ash o lightning, Aaron raced by on his bicycle. As he passed, he let acloud o dust and a ew leaves swirling in the air. He nearly ran over us.
2. We stared down into the deep canyon. Rocks looked like tiny pebbles
scattered in piles. The river was a twisting ribbon that glittered in the sun.
The sight o water made our dry, scratchy mouths ache rom thirst.
3. The heavy winds made the trees sway back and orth. We leaned into the
wind so that we would not all over and tumble down the street. Vernon
pointed to Ms. Crabtree’s recycling bucket. It had tipped over. Cans and
bottles were sent rattling and clanking down the street.
Sensory language is a writer’s use o words to create a picture
in a reader’s mind. Writers use strong adjectives and lively
verbs to make sensory language. Such words show how people
and events in a story look, eel, act, sound, or smell.
Comprehension:
Sensory Language
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 16/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
8
N u m b e r o f S t u d e n
t s
Feelings on First Day of School
How Did You Feel on Your First Day of School?
happy afraid excited curious
65
4
3
2
1
0
Text Feature:
Bar Graphs
Use a bar graph to compare the numbers shown on the bars.
The title tells what the graph is about. Labels tell you what eachrow is about. The numbers show amounts.
Use the bar graph to locate inormation and answer the
questions below.
1. How many o the students said they elt curious?
a. 4 b. 6
2. Four students said they elt .
a. happy b. araid
3. The total number o students that elt happy or curious was .
a. 10 b. 2
4. More students elt than .
a. araid, excited b. excited, happy
5. You can use the graph to fnd out .
a. how many more students elt happy than excited
b. why more students elt curious than araid
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 17/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
9
The preixes un-, in-, non-, and dis- are word parts that can be
added to the beginning o base words. They orm new words
with new meanings. Un- and in- mean “not” or “the opposite o.”
Non- and dis- mean “not” or “without.”
un + kind = unkind non + stop = nonstop
in + correct = incorrect dis + obey = disobey
Vocabulary Strategy:
Prefixes
1. First, the teacher may the ingredients.
2. We usually cook in pans.
3. I some o the oods we made.
4. Without the mats, the kitchen could be .
5. I would be to miss cooking class.
6. Germs can be .
visible happy sae
stick wrap like
Add the preix un-, in-, non-, and dis- to the words in the box.
Then complete the sentences below with the new words.
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 18/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
10
A. Reading Strategy: Set a Purpose or Reading
As you read, think about your purpose or reading. You might set your
own purpose or reading, or your teacher might set a purpose or you.Choose a text that you will read this week, and complete the activity.
Beore Reading Circle the answer that best completes the sentence.
My purpose is to . . .
have un. think about lie or how people act.
learn about something. learn how to do something.
think in a new way decide about something.
Ater Reading Complete the sentences.
I read to .
This purpose helped me understand
.
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
First Day Jitters • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 19/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
11
Phonics:
Final e
Circle the word that has a long vowel sound and a inal silent e.
Then write it on the line to complete the sentence.
1. We read a book about a storm called a .
rainstorm blizzard hurricane
2. We looked at a to see where one can orm.
map globe book
3. We learned when a hurricane might .
begin appear arrive
4. We ound out the storm can bring winds.
high brisk huge
5. The amount o rain can you.
surprise surround righten
6. Scientists can how strong the storm will be.
complain compute tell
7. No two storms are exactly .
always similar alike
8. Our class a report about hurricanes.
read printed wrote
A inal silent e oten makes the vowel in that syllable have the
long vowel sound. For example:
conuse reine dislike pancake alone quote
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 20/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 112
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 21/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
13
Vocabulary
Read the story. Choose words rom the box to complete the
sentences. Then write the answers on the lines.
auditions adventure exploring sparkling antastic success
My riends and I love stories. We wish we could
go with the story characters. We can’t do that. But we
do learn all sorts o things rom these exciting tales.
Sometimes we put on a play about a story we’re reading. We holdto see who will play each part. From the book, we
learn where and when the story takes place. Then we take old clothes and
add decorations like jewels to make costumes. We
make the costumes look like clothes the story characters wore. People who
see our plays oten say the costumes are . The right
costumes help make a play a .
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 22/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
14
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
The cause makes an event in the plot happen. The eect is
what happens. Finding causes and eects help you see how
one event leads to another event.
Read the passage and answer the questions about the
relationship between the causes and eects.
Our library needed to raise money to buy new books and equipment. My
class decided to have a bake sale. We made cakes, cookies, and brownies.
We raised over $200.00 or the library book und. The library bought twonew computers. I took a computer class ater school. I learned how to
make lyers or our next bake sale.
1. What are the main events o the passage?
2. What happens as a result o the main events?
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 23/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
15
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
Chart
How does the inormation you wrote in this Cause and Eect Chart
help you retell Amazing Grace?
As you read Amazing Grace, ill in the Cause and Eect Chart.
Cause Effect
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 24/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
16
Fluency:
Intonation
As I read, I will pay attention to my intonation.
Rain orests are home to over hal the world’s plants
10 and animals. When the rain orest is lost, the circle o lie22 breaks down. The climate changes. The plants and animals
31 die o.
33 People have come up with many ways to address this
43 problem. One way to save the orests is to learn all about
55 them.
56 Another way is to get wood rom somewhere else. Now
66 there are tree arms where wood is grown. I you can get
78 trees rom a arm, then you don’t need to cut down a orest.
91 Cutting a rain-orest tree should only be done as a last
102 resort. 103
Comprehension Check
1. What happens when the rain orest is lost? Cause and Eect
2. What can happen when people learn about a problem? Cause and Eect
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 25/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
17
Think about “The Storytelling Stone.” Then answer the
questions that ollow.
1. Put a check mark next to the sentence that tells the theme o the
passage.
People like to help others when they can.
Stories can be a special git to people.
Winter is a time to think about the past.
2. What details in the legend support the theme?
3. Write a short story with the same theme as the legend. Use dierent
characters and details.
A theme is a message about lie in a story. To ind the theme,
think about the message that the author wants to tell you in the
story.
Comprehension:
Theme
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 26/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
18
Literary Element:
Personification
Personiication means giving human characteristics to an animal
or thing. It creates a picture in the reader’s mind. Examples:
The star raced across the sky. My old car coughed.
A legend is a story that is passed down orally rom person
to person. It may teach a lesson or explain why something
happens. A legend oten includes personiication.
Read the legend below. Then answer the questions.
Father Sun and Mother Moon lived inside the rocks at Rock House. Theydidn’t give any light to the sky, so the people and the animals lived in darkness.
Coyote loved to play tricks. He thought it would be un to dump leas on
Father Sun and Mother Moon. He gathered leas in a bag and set out. On
the way, he met Rabbit and Gopher. When he told them his plan, Rabbit and
Gopher joined him on the path to Rock House. When they got to Rock House,
they dumped the leas down a hole in the rocks and ran away.
The leas landed on Father Sun and Mother Moon. Mother Moon lew outo Rock House and began to ly around the Earth. Father Sun ollowed, racing
around the Earth trying to get rid o those leas. That is why, to this day, the
Sun ollows the Moon across the sky.
1. What things show human characteristics?
2. What words help you picture the objects in the story?
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 27/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
19
Vocabulary Strategy:
Dictionary
6TFBEJDUJPOBSZUPGJOEUIFNFBOJOHPGVOGBNJMJBSXPSET
3FBEUIFEJDUJPOBSZFOUSJFTCFMPX5IFOBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOT
NFNrPrSZNFN{ōSF~OPVO5IFBCJMJUZUPSFDBMMQBTUFYQFSJFODFT
"MMUIBUPOFDBOPSEPFTSFNFNCFS4PNFPOFPSTPNFUIJOH
SFNFNCFSFE
BErWFOrUVSFBEWFO{DIōSOPVO"EJGàDVMUBOEEBOHFSPVTVOEFSUBLJOH
JOXIJDISJTLJTJOWPMWFE%BOHFSPVTPSFYDJUJOHBDUJWJUZ"UISJMMJOHPS
VOVTVBMFYQFSJFODF
BErWBODFBEWBOT{WFSC5PNPWFTPNFUIJOHGPSXBSE5PSBJTF
UPBIJHIFSPSNPSFGBWPSBCMFQPTJUJPOPSSBOLOPVO"QBZNFOUHJWFO
CFGPSFEVF
8IBUXPSEPSXPSETIBWFUISFFTZMMBCMFT
8IBUJTUIFQSPOVODJBUJPOPGBEWBODF
8SJUFUIFXPSETJOBMQIBCFUJDBMPSEFS
8SJUFBTFOUFODFGPSFBDIXPSE
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 28/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
20
A. Reading Strategy: Set a Purpose or Reading
As you read, think about your purpose or reading. You might set your
own purpose or reading, or your teacher might set a purpose or you.Choose a text that you will read this week, and complete the chart.
Before Reading: My purpose
for reading is...
After Reading: My purpose for
reading helped me...
B. Inde pendent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Amazing Grace • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 29/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
21
The long a sound can be spelled several dierent ways. The
letters ai , ay , and eigh can stand or the long a sound.
A. Read each sentence. Circle the word that has the
long a sound.
1. It’s un to walk outside in the rain.
2. I like to paint using watercolors.
3. The kitten plays with yarn until it is tired.
4. “Don’t knock over that pail!”
5. May is one o the loveliest months o the year.
6. My dog weighs fve pounds.
B. Write rhyming words or the words with the long a sound.
7. rain
8. paint
9. plays
10. pail
11. eight
12. laid
Phonics:
Long a
.
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 30/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 122
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 31/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
23
Vocabulary
unaware members contribute donate
A. Use the clues to complete the puzzle with words rom the box.
Across
2. to work with a group by
giving your time, money, oreorts to achieve a common
goal. Example: My class will
to the “Green
World” program by collecting cans
and newspapers or recycling.
4. the people who make up a group
Down
1. to give time or money to help
other people. Example: I want
to some o
my allowance to the local animal
shelter.
3. to not know something is
happening
B. Write a sentence using one o the vocabulary words.
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 32/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
24
Comprehension:
Main Ideas and Details
The main idea o a paragraph or section is the most important idea.
Supporting details are examples and evidence that support themain idea.
To ind the main idea, look at the details. Figure out what they
have in common. This tells you the main idea.
Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions that ollow.
Many groups help students get an education. In Caliornia, the Major
League Baseball organization built a learning center or students. They canplay baseball and learn reading and math. Another group called Free the
Children has built more than 450 schools around the world.
1. What are the important details o this paragraph?
2. What do these details have in common?
3. What is the main idea o the paragraph?
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 33/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
25
Comprehension:
Main Idea and
Details Chart
As you read Earth Smart , ill in the Main Idea and Details Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in the Main Idea and Details
Chart help you summarize Earth Smart ?
Detail
Detail
Detail
Main Idea
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 34/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
26
As I read, I will pay attention to rate.
Charlie called Emma. “I’ve got a problem,” he told her
10 as soon as she picked up the phone. “How can I show my23 mom I can take care o a pet?”
31 “Hmmm…,” said Emma. “What i you did some
39 research on pets?”
42 “Yeah,” he said. “I could do that.”
49 “Listen,” Emma said. “Lucy needs a bath. She keeps
58 scratching her ur, and I’m worried that she has leas. Let’s
69 talk about this tomorrow, okay?”
74 Charlie called Josh. Josh said, “I can’t talk. I’m eeding
84 Prince. I can’t believe this dog’s appetite! I I don’t get this
96 ood in his bowl, I’m araid he’s going to cook or himsel.” 108
Comprehension Check
1. What is Charlie’s problem? Problem and Solution
2. Why can’t Charlie’s riends talk with him about his problem? Plot
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Rate
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 35/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
27
A. Read the passage. Then answer the questions
Water is a liquid. A liquid can be poured. Heat and cold can aect the
state o water. I you put a pot o water on a hot stove, the water will soon
boil and you will see steam. Steam is water that has become a gas. When
water is a gas, it can loat into the air. I you take that same pot o water
and put it in the reezer, the water will reeze and turn into ice. Ice is asolid, and a solid doesn’t change shape. However, i you take the ice out o
the reezer, the heat rom the air in your house will melt the ice and it will
become a liquid again.
1. What are two things that aect the state o water?
B. Fill in the missing cause or eect.
2. Cause: A pot o water is heated.
Eect:
3. Cause:
Eect: Water turns to ice.
4. Cause: Ice is taken out o the reezer and put in a warm room.
Eect:
A cause is what makes something happen. An eect is what
happens as a result o a cause.
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 36/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
28
4UVEZUIFEJDUJPOBSZQBHFTCFMPX5IFOBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOT
Study Skill:
Using a Dictionary
r"EJDUJPOBSZMJTUTFOUSZXPSETJOBMQIBCFUJDBMPSEFS8PSET
UIBUCFHJOXJUIUIFTBNFMFUUFSBSFBMQIBCFUJ[FEBDDPSEJOH
UPUIFJSTFDPOEPSUIJSEMFUUFS (VJEFXPSETBUUIFUPQPGUIF
QBHFTIPXUIFGJSTUBOEMBTUXPSETGPVOEPOUIBUQBHF
r&OUSZXPSETBSFQSJOUFEJOCPMEUZQFBOEBSFPGUFOTIPXO
EJWJEFEJOUPTZMMBCMFT5IFQSPOVODJBUJPOGPSFBDIXPSEJT
TIPXO"EFGJOJUJPOJTHJWFOGPSFBDINFBOJOHPGBXPSE
5IFSFNBZCFBTFOUFODFUPTIPXIPXUPVTFUIFXPSE
HSFBUHSFFO HSFFOIPVTFHSPX
HSFFOHSFŠOUIFDPMPSPGHSBTTOPUSJQFOPUIBSNGVMUPUIFFOWJSPONFOU&MFDUSJDDBSTBSFNPSFHSFFOUIBOHBT QPXFSFEDBST
HSFFOrIPVTFHSFŠOIPVTBHMBTTSPPNXIFSFQMBOUTBSFHSPXO5IFHSFFOIPVTFIFMQTQMBOUTHSPXBMMZFBSMPOH
8IBUJTUIFàSTUFOUSZXPSEPOQBHF
)PXNBOZEFàOJUJPOTBSFHJWFOGPSHSFFO
8IJDIEFàOJUJPOCFTUàUTUIFXBZHSFFOJTVTFEJOUIFTBNQMFTFOUFODF
8IBUJTUIFMBTUFOUSZXPSEPOQ
)PXJTHSFFOIPVTFQSPOPVODFE
)PXNBOZTZMMBCMFTEPFTHSFFOIPVTFIBWF
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 37/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
29
A thesaurus is a book o synonyms. Synonyms are words
that have similar meanings. When you don’t know the exact
meaning o a word, inding words with similar meanings in a
thesaurus can help you igure out the meaning o that word.
Sometimes a word has more than one meaning. A thesaurus
will provide synonyms or each meaning o the word.
Vocabulary Strategy:
Thesaurus: Synonyms
A. Read the thesaurus entry. Then answer the question below.
direction 1. leadership, guidance, control, management2. guideline, instruction, rule, order, command 3. path, route,
course, track, way
1. How many dierent synonyms or direction does this thesaurus entry
provide?
B. Use the thesaurus entry to ind a synonym or direction that
makes sense in each sentence. Write a synonym.
2. Our school is under the direction o our new principal, Mrs. Jackson.
3. Which direction do you want to take on our hike?
4. Did you read the directions beore you started the activity?
5. Write two sentences using the synonyms path and track .
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 38/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
30
A. Reading Strategy: Set a Purpose or Reading
As you read, think about your purpose or reading. You might set your
own purpose or reading, or your teacher might set a purpose or you.Choose a text that you will read this week, and answer the questions.
What is the title?
What is the subject?
What do you already know or think about this subject?
What do you want to know about this subject?
What is your purpose or reading this text?
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Earth Smart • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 39/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
31
Phonics:
Long o
The long o sound can be spelled in dierent ways.
Here are several spelling patterns that stand or the long o sound:
The letters oa stand or the long o sound. (coat)
The letters ow stand or the long o sound. (row)
When the letter o comes beore the letters ld , the letter stands
or the long o sound.
A. Circle the letter or letters in each word that make the long o sound. Write the letters on the line.
1. soak 9. know
2. snow 10. oat
3. blow 11. moat
4. coast 12. show
5. gold 13. boast
6. loa 14. ow
7. scold 15. loan
8. roast 16. grow
B. Follow the directions above to review these words with thelong a sound.
17. gray 19. straight
18. play 20. delay
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 40/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 132
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 41/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
33
Vocabulary
A. Write the correct word rom the word box on each line.
passion splendid achedbothering admire concentrate
1. The exciting games made the party the most ever!
2. I the paintings o a good artist.
3. The wol’s paw ater he stepped on a sharp rock.
4. A person who has a strong eeling has .
5. The buzzing bee kept me when I picked the owers.
6. I had to while I read a hard part o the story.
B. Use the words rom the box to answer the questions.
7. Which word rom the box has one syllable?
8. Write the words rom the box that are two-syllable words.
9. Write the words rom the box that are three-syllable words.
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 42/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
34
Comprehension:
Compare
and Contrast
Read the ollowing paragraph, and answer the questions below.
Sally and Mike are students in Mrs. Stine’s classroom. They both had
to act in the class play. Mike enjoys acting. Sally doesn’t like acting at all.
Mike has un practicing his acting at home. Mike invited Sally to practice
with him. The practice helped Sally eel comortable about acting. Now
Sally enjoys acting. When it was time or the class play, Sally elt good
about acting in the class play.
1. How does Mike eel about being in the class play?
2. How does Sally eel about being in the class play?
3. What does Mike do to help change the way Sally eels about acting?
When you compare characters, settings, or events, you tell how they
are alike.
When you contrast characters, settings, or events, you tell how
they are dierent. When you compare and contrast characters,
you can see how they treat each other. You can also see how their
relationships change.
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 43/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
35
Comprehension:
Compare
and Contrast Chart
How does the inormation you wrote in the Compare and Contrast
Chart help you generate questions about Wolf!?
As you read Wolf!, ill in the Compare and Contrast Chart.
Alike Different
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 44/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
36
Fluency:
Expression
As I read, I will pay attention to my expression.
“You haven’t eaten any lunch, Katie,” my grandmother
8 said. She was right. The pile o mashed potatoes was a19 round ball. My broccoli pieces still looked like perect
28 little trees. And I had eaten only a spoonul o bean chili.
40 The next day, Granny was leaving on a trip to Europe.
51 She was staying on a sheep arm in Ireland or a month.
63 Traveling the world was Granny’s passion, but I was
72 worried.
73 “With all those sheep, there might be wolves,” I told
83 her. “It could be dangerous.”
88 “You’ve been reading too many airy tales,” Granny
96 said.
97 I had read plenty o airy tales. But I had also read a lot
111 o noniction. 113
Comprehension Check
1. Why is Katie worried? Plot
2. Are Katie and Granny’s eelings about the trip the same or dierent?
How? Compare and Contrast
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 45/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
37
Read each passage, and explain what the author wants you to
think or do.
1. Texas is a great place to visit. It has everything rom beaches to prairiesto mountains. Texas also has exciting cities. In Texas, you can go or a
hike or spend the day at a museum. There is un or everyone in Texas.
Visit Texas i you get the chance!
2. It is very important to vote. When you vote, you help to choose leaders
and make decisions. I you don’t vote, you don’t get a say in decisionsthat may aect you. So, vote whenever you get the chance.
Authors oten write to inorm or to entertain. Sometimes an
author writes to be persuasive. Persuasive text is meant to
encourage readers to believe or to do something. The author
will include reasons that explain why readers should believe or
do something.
Comprehension:
Persuasive Text
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 46/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
38
Text Features
"OTXFSRVFTUJPOTBCPVUUFYUGFBUVSFTJOUIFBSUJDMF
8IBUXPSEJTJOCPMEGBDFUZQF
8IBUJTUIFIFBEJOH
8IBUXPSEJTJOJUBMJDT
8IBUJTUIFQSPOVODJBUJPOGPSJOTUJODU
Animals in the Wild
Animals living in the wild know they must take care o themselves. Animals
know this because they were born with instinct (in´ • stingkt´) and don’t have
to learn how to do things. For example, wolves know to make their home in
a place called a den. They know that the den must be well hidden to keep the
young wolves sae.
-PPLBUUIFIFBEJOH8IBUEPZPVQSFEJDUUIFBSUJDMFJTBCPVU
8IBUEFUBJMTBSFJOUIFBSUJDMF
8BTZPVSQSFEJDUJPODPSSFDU
#PMEGBDFUZQFIFBEJOHTJUBMJDTBOEQSPOVODJBUJPODBO
IFMQZPVMPDBUFJOGPSNBUJPOBOENBLFBOEDPOGJSNQSFEJDUJPOT
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 47/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
39
Vocabulary Strategy:
Multiple-Meaning
Words
load noun 1. a large amount o something that is carried: We put a load of
groceries in the car. 2. a lot o something: My cousin has a load of friends.
3. the amount o work that a person has to do: They hired another person to
help with the work load. 4. a problem or worry: Finding the lost wallet was
a load off her mind. 5. an amount o clothes that are washed together in a
washing machine: We did two loads of laundry.
verb 1. to put into a computer: Press Enter to load the program into the
computer.
3FBEFBDITFOUFODF6OEFSMJOFUIFDPOUFYUDMVFTUIBUIFMQZPVGJHVSF
PVUUIFNFBOJOHPGMPBE 5IFOXSJUFUIFOVNCFSPGUIFNFBOJOHPOUIF
MJOF6TFUIFEJDUJPOBSZFOUSZUPIFMQZPV
'JOJTIJOHIJTCPPLSFQPSUUPPLBMPBEPGG+VTUJOTNJOE
.T(PNF[XJMMTIPXVTIPXUPMPBEUIBUQSPHSBNJOUPUIFDPNQVUFS
1MFBTFQVUUIBUMPBEPGMBVOESZJOUPUIFESZFS
5IFUSVDLDBSSJFEBMPBEPGGSFTIGSVJUUPUIFNBSLFU
8FXJMMàOJTIGBTUFSJGXFTIBSFUIFXPSLMPBE
"OHFMBTBXBMPUPGGSJFOETBOEIBEBMPBEPGGVOBUUIFQBSUZ
4PNFXPSETIBWFNPSFUIBOPOFNFBOJOH6TFDPOUFYUDMVFTPS
OFBSCZXPSETUPIFMQZPVGJHVSFPVUXIBUBNVMUJQMFNFBOJOHXPSE
NFBOT
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 48/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
40
A. Reading Strategy: Set a Purpose or Reading
As you read, think about your purpose or reading. You might set your
own purpose or reading, or your teacher might set a purpose or you.Choose a text that you will read this week, and complete the activity.
Look at the title. What do you think the text will be about?
Look at any pictures. What do they tell you about the subject?
Read the frst paragraph. Why do you think the author wrote the text?
Think about your answers to the frst three questions. What is your
purpose or reading this text?
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Wolf! • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 49/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
41
A. Find the two words in each sentence that have the long i
sound, and write them on the lines provided.
1. Why is the sky so blue?
2. The child got into a fght.
3. Dad went to buy a tie at the store.
4. I might ask the cook to ry the ood.
5. Can you fnd a bright red paint or the barn?
B. Write the word in each sentence that has the long i sound.
Underline the letter or letters that stand or the sound.
6. Did you know that pilot fsh swim near blue sharks?
7. A bear once walked in ront o my dad’s car.
8. We need to pry open this box.
9. The lights went out during the storm.
10. What is your avorite pie?
11. The pesky y almost ruined our picnic.
12. Sam eats only mild ood.
Remember the ollowing common spellings or the long i sound:
i , ie, y , and igh.
Phonics:
Long i
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 50/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 142
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 51/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
43
Vocabulary
A. Fill in the blank with the word rom the box that best
completes each sentence.
1. Rose’s amily had planned their trip with great .
2. The amily’s urniture was put into a room or on
the ship.
3. The ship sailed at the time it was supposed
to leave.
4. Rose used a sheet to her space rom the rest o
her amily.
5. She thought she was the person on the ship.
She had her own quiet space to write in her journal.
6. Rose unpacked at her new home. Some boxes had been squashed.
Nothing had been broken or during the move.
B. Write a sentence using one o the vocabulary words.
7.
determination ruined storage
exact separate luckiest
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 52/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
44
You can use ideas in stories to make and conirm predictions.
When you make a prediction, you use details in a story to tell
what you think will happen next. As you continue reading, you
can conirm your prediction, or ind out i you were right.
Read the title o each story to help you predict what will happen.
A Good Day to Play
1. What will the story be about?
Rain has allen or days and days.
We’ve been bored in many ways.
The sun is inally out today.
We can’t wait to run out and play.
2. Was your prediction right?
The Tired Queen
1. What will the story be about?
The queen went to sleep late last night.
She stayed up ‘til almost dawn.When she wakes up later this morning,
You’ll probably see her yawn.
2. Was your prediction right?
Comprehension:
Make and Confirm
Predictions
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 53/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
45
As you read My Very Own Room, ill in the Predictions Chart.
Comprehension:
Predictions Chart
How does the inormation you wrote in this Predictions Chart help you
understand plot development in My Very Own Room?
What I Predict What Happens
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 54/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
46
"T*SFBE*XJMMQBZBUUFOUJPOUPQISBTJOH
“What are your plans or today?” Mr. Sanchez asked his
son Carlo. “I’m hiking with my nature club,” Carlo said, “rom
the state park entrance to Turtle Lake. Jimmy’s ather,
Mr. Gordon, is going with us.”
“It’s colder than yesterday,” his mother said. “Please
take your warmest jacket and your gloves.”
“Hold on,” Carlo’s ather said. “I need to get your warm
blue jacket rom the storage box in the attic. Then I’ll
drop you o.”
A short time later, Carlo met up with Mr. Gordon and
the other members o the club, Jimmy, Julie, and Tyrone.
Mr. Gordon packed them in his van and drove them to
the state park.
When they arrived he checked his compass. “The
old logging trail is somewhere directly west o here,”
he said.
Comprehension Check
8IBUBSF$BSMPTQMBOT%FUBJMT
8IBUJTUIFXFBUIFSMJLF1MPU
8PSET3FBE mNumber of
Errors
WordsCorrect Score
'JSTU3FBE m
4FDPOE3FBE m
Fluency:
Phrasing
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 55/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
47
Read each passage. Then tell what type o narrator is being used
and how you know.
1. I had hoped to be class president. I shook a lot o hands and made a lot o
promises. On election day, I asked all my classmates to vote or me. I was
so busy that I nearly orgot to vote or mysel. I remembered just in time.
When the votes were counted, I had won by just one vote!• What type o narrator appears in the passage? How do you know?
2. Maria wished that it would snow, but she knew that southern Texas was
too warm or snow, even in winter. Then one morning Maria woke up and
elt a chill in the air. She looked outside. White lakes were alling romthe sky. “Snow!” she cried. Her wish had come true.
• What type o narrator appears in the passage? How do you know?
In a story, a narrator tells what happens. A narrator who is a
character in the story is a irst-person narrator. The reader
sees all events through that character’s eyes. The irst-person
narrator uses the words I, me, mine, and my . A narrator who is
not a character in the story is a third-person narrator. This
narrator may also tell the story through a single character’s
eyes. Sometimes a third-person narrator knows and tells what
all the characters are thinking and doing. The third-person
narrator uses he or she, him or her , or they or them when telling
a story.
Comprehension:
Narrator
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 56/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
48
210
Vincent van Gogh’s LifeVincent van Gogh was born
Early paintings Van Gogh’s earlypaintings were
Painters
Vincent van Goghpainted beautifulpictures.
An encyclopedia is a set o books illed with articles. The articles
are in alphabetical order and give inormation about many subjects.
On the top o each page a guide word tells the reader what will be
on that page. Some articles have headings and subheadings in
boldace type to summarize inormation and make it easy to ind. Key
words are important words. Sometimes pictures have captions that
explain the pictures. Use text eatures to locate inormation and make
and conirm predictions.
Answer the ollowing questions about the encyclopedia article above.
1. Read the heading. What do you think this article is about?
2. What is the guide word?
3. What is the heading?
4. What is a key word?
5. What is the caption?
6. Was your prediction about the article correct?
Text Feature: Guide
Words, Headings,
and Captions
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 57/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
49
5IFJOGMFDUJPOBMFOEJOHTFS BOEFTU TIPXDPNQBSJTPO5IF
FOEJOHFS NFBOTiNPSFu*UJTVTFEUPDPNQBSFUXPUIJOHT5IF
FOEJOHFTU NFBOTiNPTUu*UJTVTFEUPDPNQBSFNPSFUIBOUXP
UIJOHT
Vocabulary Strategy:
Suffixes -er , -est
"8SJUFUIFDPSSFDUGPSNPGUIFBEKFDUJWFTIPXOCFMPXFBDI
CMBOLMJOF6TFFS PSFTU UPDPNQBSFUIFJUFNT
5IFHJSBGGFXBTUIF PGBMMUIFHJSBGGFTJOUIF[PP
4IFIBEUIF OFDLPGBMMPGUIFBOJNBMTJOUIF[PP
4IFXBTFWFO UIBOIFSCSPUIFS
4IFUIPVHIUUIBUUIFMFBWFTBUUIFWFSZUPQTPGUIFUSFFTXFSFUIF
4IFTIBSFEUIF PGUIFUISFFTQBDFTJOUIFJSIPNF
XJUIUXPPUIFSHJSBGGFT
5IFCSFF[FTXFSF BUOJHIUUIBOJOUIFEBZ
8IFOUIFHJSBGGFHSFXBMJUUMF TIFHPUBCJHTVSQSJTF
4IFHPUIFSPXOTQBDF
#"EEFS PSFTU UPUIFXPSE HSFBU BOEVTFJUJOBTFOUFODF
MBSHF
DPPM
PME
TXFFU
CJH
MPOH
UBMM
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 58/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
50
A. Reading Strategy: Set a Purpose or Reading
As you read, think about your purpose or reading. You might set your
own purpose or reading, or your teacher might set a purpose or you.Choose a text that you will read this week, and complete the activity.
Study the chart. Then complete the sentences.
Genre Possible Purposes or Reading
Fiction/Drama/Poetry to have un, to think about something in a new
way, to understand something about lie or people
Inormational Text to learn about a subject, to learn how to do
something
Persuasive Text to learn about a subject, to think about something
in a new way, to decide whether to do something
The genre that I will read is .
The subject o the text is .
My purpose or reading is to .
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
My Very Own Room • Grade 3/Unit 1
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 59/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
51
"6OEFSMJOFUIFMFUUFSTFJFFFFBPSZ JOUIFXPSETUIBUIBWF
UIFMPOHFTPVOEJOFBDITFOUFODF
*BTLFENZTJTUFSUPDPNFUPUIFQMBZCVUTIFEJEOPUXBOUUPDPNF
-FUTTFBMUIFMFUUFSBOENBJMJU
5IBUNPWJFJTBCPVUBNFBONBOOBNFE4DSPPHF
.BOZQFSGPSNFSTGFFMOFSWPVTCFGPSFHPJOHPOTUBHF
5IFDPOEVDUPSMPTUUIFTIFFUNVTJDGPSUIFTPOH
*IBWFUPXBJUGPSUIFJDFQPQTUPGSFF[FCFGPSF*DBOFBUUIFN
.T3BWFOFMMTDMBTTTBXBNBHJDTIPXGPSGSFF
5IFCPZQMBOUFEBCFBOUPTFFJGJUXPVMEHSPX
8FOFFEFEUPMFBWFJOUJNFUPDBUDIUIFCVT
.PNBOE%BEXJMMNFFUBMMPGNZUFBDIFSTBUUIFPQFOIPVTF
4BZUIFGPMMPXJOHXPSETUIBUIBWFUIF MPOHFTPVOE/PUJDF
UIFSFBSFEJGGFSFOUTQFMMJOHTGPSUIFMPOHFTPVOE
Fm NF JFm CSJFG FFm GFFU FBm IFBU Zm GVOOZ
Phonics:
Long e
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 60/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word StudyName
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 252
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 61/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
53
Vocabulary
wailed traders blossomed grumbled
A. Use a word rom the box to answer each question. Then use
the word in a sentence.
1. What is another word or complained in a low voice?
2. What word might describe an idea that grew very quickly?
3. Who might be upset i they couldn’t sell their goods?
4. What did the coyote do when it lited its head toward the moon?
B. Combine the smaller words below to make a compound word.
Use a dictionary to write the meaning o each new word.
5. lone + some =
6. side + walks =
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 62/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
54
Comprehension:
Sequence
In a story, the events happen in a certain order or sequence o
events. Words such as before, after, then, and finally are clues to
help you know the order. Understanding the sequence o events
helps you summarize the main events in the story.
Read the passage below. Then answer the questions.
Jessica and her amily moved to Texas. Jessica made a shirt or her brother.
Many people liked the shirt she sewed or her brother. Then Jessica had
an idea to start making more shirts so he could sell them. Jessica hadto convince her brother to help her with the shirts. Beore she got her
brother’s help, she could not keep up with all the work. Finally, Jessica had
enough help to start a shirt business.
1. What happened ater Jessica and her amily moved to Texas?
2. People liked the shirt Jessica made or her brother. What happened next?
3. What happened beore Jessica got her brother’s help?
4. What happened last?
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 63/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
55
Comprehension:
Sequence Chart
As you read Boom Town, ill in the Sequence Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Sequence Chart help you
understand the chronological order o events in Boom Town?
Sequence Chart
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 64/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
56
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pause at commas and stop at periods.
They came by horse and wagon. They came by latboat
10 down rivers. They came with everything they owned. Most19 made the trip west with their parents. Some came alone.
29 From the 1780s to the 1880s, thousands o children
36 moved to the rontier. They started a new lie at the
47 western edge o settled land in the United States.
56 Families moved west or many reasons. Some wanted
64 their own land to start a new lie. Others wanted to ind
76 gold. Still others came or adventure.
82 In 1862, the Homestead Act made moving to the rontier
91 possible or these amilies. They paid the government $18
99 or 160 acres o land. To keep the land, the amily had to
111 build a house on it. Then they had to live in it or at least
126 ive years. 128
Comprehension Check
1. Why did amilies move west? Main Idea and Details
2. What did amilies have to do to keep their land? Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 65/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
57
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
A cause is what makes something happen. An eect is what
happens as a result o a cause. In a story, the plot’s main
events may cause other events.
Read the story, and complete the Cause and Eect chart. Some
boxes have been illed in or you.
When City Park became littered with trash, Jorge knew that he had to
do something. He and his riends couldn’t even play there anymore. During
their next tree-house meeting, Jorge announced his plan.“We’re going to start a clean-the-park project,” Jorge said.
“What do you mean?” asked Daniel.
Krista stood and pumped both ists in the air. “He means that we’re
going to take back City Park!” she shouted.
The next Saturday, the three riends and their parents entered the park with
gloves and garbage bags. When the group’s neighbors saw what was happening,
they joined in the cleanup project. By the end o the day, the cleanup crew had
stued ten bags ull o litter. The park was clean and beautiul.
People loved visiting the park ater that. Sometimes, they even stopped
Jorge while he was playing there to thank him or his great idea.
Cause Eect
Jorge and his friends could notplay at City Park.
Jorge, his friends, and theirparents began to clean up CityPark.
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 66/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
58
Text Feature:
Calendar
4VOEBZ
+VMZ
.POEBZ 5VFTEBZ 8FEOFTEBZ 5IVSTEBZ 'SJEBZ 4BUVSEBZ
"DBMFOEBSJTBLJOEPGDIBSUUIBUIFMQTZPVPSHBOJ[FBOELFFQ
USBDLPGJNQPSUBOUEBUFT
6TFUIFJOGPSNBUJPOCFMPXUPGJMMJOUIFDBMFOEBS&OUFSUIFXPSET
JOCPMEGBDFUZQFPOUIFDBMFOEBS
+VMZBOE#VZJOHSFEJFOUTGPSMFNPOBEFTUBOE
+VMZ.BLFQPTUFSTBOETJHOTUPBEWFSUJTFMFNPOBEFTUBOE
+VMZ1VUVQQPTUFSTJOUPXO
+VMZBOE4FMMMFNPOBEFBUUIFDPSOFSPG.BJOBOE
'JSTU4USFFUT
+VMZ$PVOUNPOFZFBSOFEBOEUBLFJUUPUIF CBOL
+VMZ-FBWFGPSGBNJMZWBDBUJPO
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 67/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
59
Vocabulary Strategy:
Compound Words
A compound word is made up o two shorter words. Sometimes
combining the meaning o the smaller words can help you igure
out the meaning o the compound word. Other times, you need to
look up the word in a dictionary to ind the meaning.
Underline the compound word in each sentence. Then write its
deinition. Use a dictionary to help you.
1. Anna and her amily traveled by stagecoach to Texas.
2. Anna spent her daytime hours sewing clothing.
3. Anna would use a landmark so she would not get lost while walking to
the store.
4. The blacksmith in town traded some tools or a new shirt.
5. One day a cowboy rode into town and asked Anna to sew him a new
shirt.
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 68/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
60
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand stories you read. Look in the story or acts
and details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to supportyour answer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these questions are right there in the
story.
Why? How? The answers to these questions aren’t in the story. You
use acts and details to fgure out the answer
What was the story’s theme?
Did the author do a good job?
You look at story details and make a decision about
how answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the story. Use acts and details rom
the story to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Boom Town • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 69/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
61
Phonics:
Silent Letters
6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSEXJUIUIFTJMFOUDPOTPOBOUTJOFBDITFOUFODF
5IFOXSJUFUIFQBJSPGMFUUFSTJOFBDIXPSEUIBUNBLFVQUIFTJMFOU
DPOTPOBOUT
5IFBVUIPSMJLFTUPXSJUFIFSTUPSJFTBTTIFMJTUFOTUPNVTJD
*LOPXIPXUPQMBZUIFWJPMJO
5IFTJHOXBTQSJOUFEJOUISFFMBOHVBHFT
5IFBVUIPSTàSTUCPPLXBTBCPVUBLOJHIUXIPSFTDVFEBQSJODFTT
GSPNUIFUPXFS
8FFBDIXSPUFMFUUFSTUPUIFBVUIPSUFMMJOHIFSIPXNVDIXF
MJLFEUIFTUPSZ
5IFHOBUXBTCV[[JOHBSPVOENZGBDF
8FIBEUPUJFBLOPUJOUIFSPQFTPUIFCPBUXPVMEOUESJGU
BXBZ
*IBEUPXSBQUIFCPPL*XBTHJWJOHNZGSJFOETPIFXPVMEOULOPX
XIBUJUXBT
4PNFXPSETIBWFTJMFOUDPOTPOBOUT5IFZBSFVTVBMMZQBSU
PGBQBJSPGDPOTPOBOUT5IFGJSTUDPOTPOBOUJOUIFDPOTPOBOU
QBUUFSOTXSLOBOE HOJTTJMFOU
'PSFYBNQMFXSPOHLOJGFBOE HOBX BMMIBWFTJMFOU
DPOTPOBOUTBUUIFCFHJOOJOHPGUIFXPSE
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 70/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
62
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 71/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
63
Vocabulary
Read each clue. Then ill in the crossword puzzle with the
correct word rom the box.
disappear protect harming
supply capture enclosure
Across
1. causing injury
4. to catch or get hold o
5. to go away completely
Down
2. to keep rom harm
3. a structure that keeps things
closed in
6. an amount available or use
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 72/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
64
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
A conclusion is an answer based on inormation.
You can draw conclusions based on relevant details in a story
or a passage. Then support your conclusion with details rom
the text.
Draw your conclusions about the story below by answering each
question.
At a recent neighborhood meeting, people talked about planting a
vegetable garden. There was a vacant lot nearby, but it was illed withgarbage. Ivan raised his hand and said, “I have a great idea, but it will take
a lot o work.” That was it! The next Saturday, we all got to work.
Ivan took charge. He asked people what they wanted to do. Then he
helped them get started. Some people cleared garbage rom the vacant
lot. Other people loaded garbage bags onto a truck. Everyone worked hard.
We were all tired at the end o the day, but the lot looked great. Now we
were ready or the next step.
1. What do you think was Ivan’s “great idea”? How do you know?
2. How does the community eel about planting a garden? What details
helped you draw this conclusion?
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 73/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
65
Comprehension:
Conclusion Map
"TZPVSFBE)PNF(SPXO#VUUFSGMJFTGJMMJOUIF$PODMVTJPO.BQ
)PXEPFTUIFJOGPSNBUJPOZPVXSPUFJOUIJT$PODMVTJPO.BQIFMQZPV
VOEFSTUBOEJNQPSUBOUEFUBJMTJO)PNF(SPXO#VUUFSGMJFT
Detail
Detail
Detail
Conclusion
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 74/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
66
Fluency:
Rate
As I read, I will pay attention to rate.
Purple loosestrie has been around a long time. It is a
11 native plant in Europe and Asia. The plant did not become22 a pest in those places. It didn’t grow out o control as it has
36 here. In act, some people thought it was a helpul herb.
47 They used it as a medicine. How did it get rom there to
60 here?
61 Purple loosestrie came to North America in the 1800s,
69 but no one is sure how it traveled. Could seeds have been
81 carried across the sea in ships?
87 Many people believe a supply o seeds arrived in the
97 baggage o new immigrants. They planted the seeds in
106 their new gardens. The purple lowers may have reminded
115 them o home.
118 Purple loosestrie did not grow out o control in Europe
128 and Asia. It did not kill its plant neighbors. Why? The
139 answer is simple. Purple loosestrie had natural enemies
147 in its homeland. 150
Comprehension Check
1. How was purple loosestrie controlled in Asia and Europe? Problem and
Solution
2. What might be a good way to control loosestrie in America? Problem
and Solution
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 75/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
67
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
A conclusion is what you understand ater you have thought
about an idea. You can draw conclusions about what you read.
Use clues rom the text as evidence, or support, when you draw
a conclusion.
Read the passage. Then draw conclusions by answering the
questions.
Honeybees are the only insects that make a ood that we eat. The ood
that they make is honey. People use honey to make things taste sweet. Ahoneybee makes honey by collecting pollen rom a lower. The honeybee
also pollinates the lower. This means that the lower can grow a seed or a
ruit. Apples, melons, and cherries all need honeybees to help them grow.
I there were no honeybees, we wouldn’t have honey. We also wouldn’t
have many o the ruits that we like to eat.
1. Given the inormation in this passage, do you think that honeybees are
important? Why or why not?
2. What are two sentences in the passage that support your conclusion?
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 76/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
68
Literary Element:
Personification and
Assonance
Personiication and assonance are literary devices that poets
use to create pleasing images and sounds. Personiication
gives human characteristics to animals or things. It helps you
picture the animal or thing. Assonance is the repetition o the
same or similar vowel sounds in a series o words grouped
closely together. Assonance appeals to the senses.
Read the poem. Then answer the questions.
One day a girl went walking
And stepped into a store;
She bought a pound o sausages
Then set them on the loor.
The girl began to whistle
A merry little tune;
Soon the sausages jumped up
And danced around the room.
1. What three words create assonance in the frst stanza?
2. What two words create assonance in the second stanza?
3. What lines in the poem show personifcation?
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 77/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
69
Vocabulary Strategy:
Context Clues
Some words have more than one meaning. To igure out
the correct meaning in a sentence, look or context clues. The
correct meaning depends on the way the word is used in the
sentence.
Look at the word duck in each sentence. Underline the context
clues that help you ind its meaning. Write the meaning on the line.
duck (duk) Noun 1. A water bird that has a broad, lat bill and webbedeet that help it to swim. There are both wild and tame ducks. Tame
ducks are oten raised or ood.
Verb 1. to lower the head or bend down quickly: The batter ducked
to keep from being hit by the ball. 2. to avoid; evade: I ducked the
embarrassing question by bringing up another subject .
1. We can hide rom my brother i you duck under the table as soon asyou see him.
Duck means
2. The duck used his webbed eet to swim across the lake.
Duck means
3. Did you duck when all the butteries ew over your head?
Duck means
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 78/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
70
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand texts you read. Look in the text or acts and
details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to support youranswer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these questions are right there in
the text.
Why? How? The answers to these questions aren’t in the text. You
use text acts and details to fgure out the answer
What was the author’s purpose?
Did the author do a good job?
You look at text details and make a decision about
how answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the text. Find and use acts and
details rom the text to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Home-Grown ButterfliesGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 79/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
71
Read each word. Underline the three-letter blend in each word.
Then use the word in a sentence.
1. strong
2. three
3. scrape
4. sprout
5. throne
When three consonants with dierent sounds come together in
a word, they orm a three-letter blend. They oten appear at the
beginning o a word. Blending the individual sounds will help
you read the word.
Say each o these words: stream, scrap, spread, throw .
Phonics:
Three-Letter Blends
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 80/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 272
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 81/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
73
culture communities immigrants established traditional
1. In Texas, there are many dierent types o neighborhoods.
2. Newcomers moved to Texas rom around the world.
3. They started new businesses and learned new skills.
4. To keep rom eeling homesick, the newcomers tried to do things in their
usual ways.
5. They brought their belies and traditions with them.
A. Write a vocabulary word rom the box that means almost the
same as the underlined word or words in each sentence. Then
use the clues in the sentence to write the deinition o the
vocabulary word. Check your deinitions with a dictionary.
Vocabulary
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 82/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
74
Comprehension:
Main Idea and Details
The main idea o a paragraph or section is what it is mostly
about. Details give more inormation about the main idea. To
igure out the main idea, look at the main details. Decide whatthey have in common.
Read the passage. Then answer the questions below. Then ind
the sentence that states the main idea.
Texas, like other states, has many cities that are made up o many
dierent communities. Each community is special in its own way.
Communities are dierent rom one another because o the people
who live in them. In many communities, people have come rom other
countries. They practice their culture and do things in their traditional
ways. Oten, people move to a community or its schools.
1. What two important details have something in common?
2. Which detail doesn’t tell about the main idea?
3. What is the main idea?
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 83/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
75
Comprehension:
Main Idea and Details
Chart
As you read Go West!, ill in the Main Idea and Details Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote on the Main Idea and Details Chart
help you summarize Go West!?
Detail
Detail
Detail
Main Idea
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 84/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
76
As I read, I will pay attention to my pronunciation and phrasing.
There are many predictions about the uture o
8 computers. Most people agree that progress will be made17 in the way computers look and in the way people will use
29 them.
30 Some experts think that handheld computers will take
38 the place o books. Others think we’ll have computers we
48 can wear. Some may hook onto your eyeglasses. This would
58 help pilots. They will be able to look at the sky and see
71 their gauges at the same time. Computers sewn in jackets
81 will let people keep track o their heart rate.
90 Computer screens that show 3-D images are predicted,
98 too. This will make game-playing ar more exciting. 106
Comprehension Check
1. What is the main idea o this selection? Main Idea and Details
2. How do you think computers will help in the uture? Draw Conclusions
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Pronunciation and
Phrasing
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 85/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
77
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
A conclusion is what you understand ater you have thought about
an idea. You can draw conclusions about what you read. Use clues
rom the text as evidence, or support, when you draw a conclusion.
Read the passage, and complete the chart. Write three clues
rom the text and the conclusion that you draw rom those clues.
One interesting act about Texas concerns its land. In south Texas and
in the panhandle, there are plains. Plains are lat land usually covered
with grass. Prairies are also covered with grass, but they can have hills,too. Prairies are ound in north and central Texas. Texas Hill Country,
in the middle o the state, has hills and plateaus. A plateau is a high, lat
landorm. East Texas is home to a thick orest o pine trees. The Gul
Coast is an area o beaches and wetlands along the Gul o Mexico.
Clue
Clue
Clue
Conclusion
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 86/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
78
There are parts at the beginning and end o a book that can help
you ind inormation you need quickly. The dierent parts o a
book include
title title page table o contents
preace chapter titles headings
subheadings index glossary
Answer each question below by writing the name o the book part
or parts.
1. Where would you look to fnd out the pages that have inormation on a
specifc topic?
2. Which parts o a book are usually printed in bold or colored type?
3. Where might you fnd a short introduction to the book?
4. Where can you fnd the meaning o a difcult word?
5. Which part o a book lists the chapter titles, other book parts, and page
numbers?
6. Which part o a book contains the title, the author’s name, and the
illustrator’s name?
Study Skill:
Parts of a Book
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 87/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
79
Vocabulary Strategy
Antonyms
Antonyms are words with opposite meanings. Sometimes,
knowing the opposite o an unknown word can help you igure
out the meaning o the new word. You can ind antonyms
listed in a thesaurus. Sometimes the abbreviation ant is
written beore antonyms. Sometimes antonyms are printed in
a dierent kind o type.
A. Read the thesaurus entry or the word ancient . Then answer
the questions below.
Thesaurus
ancient 1. very old, elderly 2. rom early times 3. old-ashioned
ant: young, modern, new
1. What is an antonym or young?
2. What antonyms or ancient are listed in the thesaurus?
B. Choose an antonym to complete each sentence.
enormous happy modern
3. The ant is small but its bravery is .
4. Today I’m sad but yesterday I was .
5. The building was ancient, but the urniture was .
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 88/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
80
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand texts you read. Look in the text or acts and
details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to support youranswer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these questions are right there in
the text.
Why? How? The answers to these questions aren’t in the text. You
use text acts and details to fgure out the answer
What was the author’s purpose?
Did the author do a good job?
You look at text details and make a decision about
how answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the text. Find and use acts and
details rom the text to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Go West! • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 89/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
81
Phonics:
Digraphs
3FBEUIFXPSETJOUIFCPY6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSETUIBUIBWFUIF
EJHSBQIDIPSUDI$IPPTFBXPSEGSPNUIFCPYUPBOTXFSFBDIRVFTUJPO8SJUFUIFXPSE6OEFSMJOFUIFMFUUFSTUIBUTUBOEGPSUIF
EJHSBQITDIPSUDI
4PNFUJNFTUXPPSUISFFDPOTPOBOUTDPNCJOFETUBOEGPSPOF
TPVOE5IFTFDPOTPOBOUTQFMMJOHTBSFDBMMFEEJHSBQIT
:PVNBZTFFUIFMFUUFSTDIBUUIFCFHJOOJOHNJEEMFPSFOEPGB
XPSE4BZFBDIPGUIFTFXPSETBMPVE DIBSHFNVODIJOHCFODI
:PVNBZTFFUIFMFUUFSTUDIBUUIFNJEEMFPSFOEPGBXPSE4BZ
UIFTFXPSETBMPVETUSFUDINBUDIJOH
8IJDIUFMMTUIFUJNF
8IJDIMBZTBOFHH
8IPJOTUSVDUTUIFDMBTT
8IJDIJTDPWFSFEJOTBOE
8IJDINFMUTPOQJ[[B
8IJDIJTQVUPWFSBIPMFJOZPVSTIJSU
DIJDLFO GJTI QBUDI DIJNOFZ
TUFN ODI EVDL DIFFTF XBUDI
UFBDIFS TIFMM QMBUF CFBDI HMBTT
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 90/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 282
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 91/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
83
Vocabulary
.ZGSJFOEBOE*HPUPBTIFMUFSUPIFMQGFFEUIFIPNFMFTT8FBSF
BGUFSTDIPPMBOEPOUIFXFFLFOE&WFSZEBZXF
USBWFMUISPVHIBOE UIFTIFMUFSUPNBLFTVSFFWFSZPOF
HFUTFOPVHIUPFBU8FCFMJFWFUIBUUIFIPNFMFTT UP
FOKPZBIFBMUIZNFBM"MMPGUIFWPMVOUFFSTBSF BOE
FYDJUFEXIFOUIFZLOPXUIFZIBWFNBEFBEJGGFSFODF"HPPENPUUPPS
GPSUIFWPMVOUFFSTJTi&WFSZMJUUMFCJUIFMQTu
3FBEUIFQBSBHSBQI'JMMJOUIFCMBOLTXJUIBWPDBCVMBSZXPSE
GSPNUIFCPY
.ZGSJFOETBOE*BSF BUUIFDJUZGPPECBOL
8FXFSF XIFOXFGPVOEPVUXFXFSFUBLJOHBàFME
USJQUPUIF[PP
.ZGBWPSJUFQBSUPGUIFWJTJUXBTB PGUIFSFQUJMFIPVTF
"HPPENPUUPPS JTi&WFSZMJUUMFCJUIFMQTu
&WFSZPOFUIJOLTUIBUUIF[PPBOJNBMT BTBGFQMBDF
UPMJWF
$PNQMFUFFBDITFOUFODFXJUIUIFWPDBCVMBSZXPSEUIBUNBLFT
UIFNPTUTFOTF
EFTFSWF WPMVOUFFST UPVS
TMPHBO UISJMMFE
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 92/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
84
Comprehension:
State Author’s
Purpose
Authors write or three main reasons: to entertain, to inorm, or
to persuade. To identiy an author’s stated purpose, ind the
important details. Decide what the details have in common.
Then ind the sentence that states the author’s purpose.
Read the ollowing passages. Look at the details. Find what
they have in common. Then write the sentence that states the
author’s purpose.
1. Animals do not eat the same ood as humans, so some zoos sell ood
that you can eed to the animals. This ood is part o their diet and is
healthy or them. All animals need a proper diet to thrive.
The sentence that states the author’s purpose:
2. Keep our zoos and nature parks clean. Use the trash cans that are
placed throughout the parks. Animals can cut themselves on soda cans.
Their necks can get caught in plastic rings. They can swallow objectsthat make them choke. We need everyone’s help. We all lose i we don’t
protect our animals.
The sentence that states the author’s purpose:
3. My class wanted to help out the community. We planted a vegetable
garden in an empty lot near our school. We grew tomatoes, beans, andsquash. We gave all the vegetables to a local ood bank.
The sentence that states the author’s purpose:
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 93/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
85
Details
As you read Here’s My Dollar , ill in the Author’s Purpose Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Author’s Purpose Chart help you
monitor comprehension in Here’s My Dollar ?
Author’s Purpose
Comprehension:
Author’s Purpose
Chart
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 94/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
86
Fluency:
Rate
As I read, I will pay attention to rate.
All playgrounds should be sae. But some o them are
10 not. Sometimes playground equipment breaks down. And17 a broken piece o equipment can be dangerous. Sometimes
26 there are holes in the ground where children can trip and
37 all. Kids, and even grownups, don’t always recognize these
46 dangers.
47 One nine-year-old girl did spot dangers on a playground,
56 and she decided to take action. She came up with a
67 wonderul plan or making the playground sae. She’s
75 Devan Hickey, a un-loving girl who lives in Bryan, Ohio.
85 First Devan got all her acts together. Then she reported
95 her plan to a group o people in her community who could
107 help her. She also asked amily and riends to help out. She
119 didn’t give up until the playground was sae. Read her
129 story. 130
Comprehension Check
1. How do playgrounds become unsae? Main Idea and Details
2. What steps did Devan ollow to make a playground saer? Chronological
Order
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 95/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
87
Comprehension:
Persuasive Language
Authors write to inorm, to entertain, or to persuade. When you
read persuasive writing, determine what the author wishes to
persuade you to think or to do. In persuasive writing, authors
use persuasive language to inluence readers to agree with
their point o view.
Read the passages below. Then answer the questions.
1. It’s time or all students at Greenview Elementary to keep our school clean.
Too many kids throw trash on the loor. Last week, I saw a kid drop hisnotebook. Papers blew all over the play area. No one bothered to pick up
those papers. It’s the same with the caeteria. Too oten, ood wrappers
litter the loor.
It’s up to all o us to pick up trash when we see it. It’s our school, and
we have a part to play in keeping it clean.
• What does the author want readers to think or do?
2. School uniorms are a good idea, and should be required here at Horace
Mann Elementary. Students would take less time getting ready in the
morning. That means that more students would arrive on time. Students
wouldn’t be pressured to wear the “right” clothes. Parents would like school
uniorms or the cost savings. It’s time to make a school rule about uniorms.
• What does the author want readers to think or do?
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 96/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
88
Literary Element:
Rhyme Scheme and
Repetition
A rhyme scheme is the pattern o rhymes in a poem. In many
poems there is repetition, or repeated words or phrases. A
repeated line or lines in a poem is called a rerain.
Read the poem. Underline the rhyming words and circle the rerain.
Draw a square around words or phrases that show repetition.
Harbor
Down at the harbor
I did see,A little gray mouse
as risky as can be.
He scampered aboard a tugboat
and pulled a ship to sea.
He skittered aboard a motorboat
and helped the skiers ski.
He scuttled onto a ishing boatand set the dolphins ree.
Down at the harbor
I did see,
A little gray mouse
As risky as can be.
The rhyme scheme o this poem is ormed by rhyming the words in which
lines?
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 97/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
89
Vocabulary Strategy
Context Clues:
Examples
When you are reading, you will sometimes come across an
unknown word. You can oten igure out its meaning by looking
at context clues, the words and phrases around it. Some
context clues will contain examples o the unamiliar word.
Examples are one kind o context clue. These are words or
phrases that are examples o the unknown word. Robins and
parrots are examples o birds.
Circle the example clues that help you understand each
underlined word. Then write a possible deinition or theunderlined word.
1. The group was made up o people o all occupations, including lawyers,
physical therapists, and hairdressers.
Meaning:
2. My best riend has two siblings, but I have our: two brothers and twosisters.
Meaning:
3. From our window we could see many structures such as bridges,
skyscrapers, and docks.
Meaning:
4. Every cello, clarinet, trombone, and violin in the orchestra sounded
beautiul during the show.
Meaning:
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 98/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
90
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Asking questions can help you understand what you read. Some
questions help you think about what a text or story means. Choose a textor story that you are reading this week, and complete the chart.
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Record an event or idea from the text or story.
Write a question about its meaning.
Answer the question.
Support your answer with text facts and details.
Here’s My Dollar • Grade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 99/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
91
Contractions are made when two words are put together in
a shortened orm. One or more letters are taken out to orm
a contraction. An apostrophe is used to take the place o the
missing letter or letters.
A. Write the contraction rom the box or each pair o words.
1. do not 2. she is
3. we will 4. have not
5. we are 6. could not
B. Underline the contraction in each sentence. Then write the
two words that make up the contraction.
7. We’d like you to visit our grandparents with us.
8. They’re building a new house in the country.
9. Since it isn’t ready yet, they sleep in the old cabin.
10. They haven’t hooked up electricity in the cabin.
Phonics:
Contractions with
Pronouns and Verbs
haven’t don’t we’ll we’re couldn’t she’s
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 100/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
92
Phonics:
Contractions with
Pronouns and Verbs
"DPOUSBDUJPOJTNBEFXIFOUXPXPSETBSFQVUUPHFUIFSUP
NBLFBTIPSUFSXPSE0OFPSNPSFMFUUFSTBSFUBLFOPVU5IFO
BOBQPTUSPQIFUBLFTUIFQMBDFPGUIFNJTTJOHMFUUFST 'PS'PS
FYBNQMFUIFXPSETEPBOEOPU CFDPNFEPOU
" *EFOUJGZUIFDPOUSBDUJPOT%SBXBMJOFGSPNFBDIDPOUSBDUJPOUP
UIFXPSETUIBUIBWFUIFTBNFNFBOJOH
ZPVSF TIF JT
*N * XJMMTIFT * BN
JTOU DBOOPU
DBOU ZPV BSF
*MM JT OPU
# *EFOUJGZBOEDJSDMFUIFDPOUSBDUJPOTJOUIFCPY
6TFDPOUSBDUJPOTUPDPNQMFUFUIFQBTTBHF
$BQJUBMJ[FBDPOUSBDUJPOXIFOJUCFHJOTBTFOUFODF
Look, William!
waving o us rom across the street.wait o cross until the ign changes to “walk.”
That way, we cause an accident.
IFT XPOU UIFSFT XFMM
IFJT XJMMOPU UIFSFJT XFXJMM
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 101/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
93
Phonics:
Contractions with
Pronouns and Verbs
"DPOUSBDUJPOJTNBEFXIFOUXPXPSETBSFQVUUPHFUIFSUP
NBLFBTIPSUFSXPSE0OFPSNPSFMFUUFSTBSFUBLFOPVU5IFO
BOBQPTUSPQIFUBLFTUIFQMBDFPGUIFNJTTJOHMFUUFST
":PVDBONBLFDPOUSBDUJPOTCZDPNCJOJOH OPU BOEJTXJUI
TPNFXPSET8SJUFUIFDPOUSBDUJPOTGPSNFECZBEEJOHOPU PS
JTUPBOPUIFSXPSE8BUDIGPSTQFMMJOHDIBOHFT
JTOPU JTXIPT
XPVMEOPU JTIFSFT
EPOPU XJMMOPU
#3FBEFBDIDPOUSBDUJPOCFMPX5IFOXSJUFUIFUXPXPSETUIBU
DSFBUFFBDIDPOUSBDUJPO
TIPVMEOU XIBUT
JUT DBOU
$6TFUIFDPOUSBDUJPOTJOUIFCPYUPDPNQMFUFUIFQBTTBHF%POU
GPSHFUUPDBQJUBMJ[FBDPOUSBDUJPOXIFOJUCFHJOTBTFOUFODF
My parents come to my soccer game tomorrow.
going to my sister’s play. be
really upset i they go.
UIFZSF EJEOU TIFE DBOU
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 102/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
94
Phonics:
Contractions with
Pronouns and Verbs
A contraction is made when two words are put together to
make a shorter word. One or more letters are taken out. Then
an apostrophe takes the place o the missing letters.
A. Identiy the contraction in each sentence. Write the two words
that can be made rom the underlined words.
1. Sheri won’t be going to dance class today.
2. I’m so happy that you came to our party!
3. We’re going to basketball practice.
4. He’d rather play outside than watch television.
5. You shouldn’t eat too many sweets.
B. Identiy and underline the contraction in each sentence. Circle
the word pair that makes the contraction.
6. Let’s go or a bike ride ater school.
Let is Let us
7. We should’ve remembered to lock the door.
should have should not
8. Haven’t we been waiting a long time?
has not have not
9. I’d like to see the play with you.I will I would
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 103/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
95
Phonics:
Contractions with
Pronouns and Verbs
A contraction is made when two words are put together to
make a shorter word. One or more letters are taken out. Then
an apostrophe takes the place o the missing letters.
A. Circle the letter or letters in each word pair that are taken
away when you make a contraction. Then write the correct
contraction on the line.
1. he is 2. are not
3. that is 4. it will
5. I will 6. who is
B. Use the contractions in each box to complete each passage.
Don’t orget to capitalize a contraction when it begins a
sentence.
“ my birthday next week, and
having a party,” said Julia to Henry. “Do you think
like to come?”
“ love to come,” said Henry.
I wait to buy my new bike.
saved money all year to buy it. have enough money
saved in one more week. be so much un riding it!
you’d it’s I’d I’m
I’ve can’t it’ll I’ll
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 104/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step
2ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you ma e surethat you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
96
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 105/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
97
1. New are usually quieter than older washers and
dishwashers.
2. The pipe dripped all over the bathroom oor.
3. My cousins are the new o the house across
the street.
4. It will take a year o to complete the new buildings.
5. We needed large to fnish building the house.
6. It was a very big , and we all worked hard on it.
B. Choose our vocabulary words. Write a sentence or each word.
7.
8.
9.
10.
A. Fill in the blank with the word rom the box that best
completes each sentence.
leaky owners equipment
project construction appliances
Vocabulary
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 106/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
98
Read the passage. Answer the questions that ollow.
Carrie was invited to a costume party, but she did not have a costume.
She called her Aunt Harriet. She told Carrie to come right over. Aunt
Harriet had dozens o costumes. In act, she had a huge collection because
she saved every costume she had ever worn to a party. She still hadcostumes that she had worn in high school! Aunt Harriet was sure Carrie
would ind something to wear. She was right!
1. What are the important details in this passage?
2. Put a check next to the theme o the passage.
Aunt Harriet enjoys hearing rom Carrie.
Never throw anything away; it may be worth a lot o money.
Being resourceul pays o.
3. Was the theme stated or unstated?
A theme in a story is the author’s message. The theme is not
always stated. Readers can identiy the theme by recording
important details and then iguring out what message they send.
Comprehension:
Theme
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 107/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
99
"TZPVSFBE "$BTUMFPO7JPMB4USFFUGJMMJOUIF5IFNF.BQ
Detail
Detail
Detail
Theme
)PXEPFTUIFJOGPSNBUJPOZPVXSPUFJOUIJT5IFNF.BQIFMQZPV
VOEFSTUBOEUIFJNQPSUBOUNFTTBHFJO "$BTUMFPO7JPMB4USFFU
Comprehension:
Theme Map
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 108/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
100
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing and punctuation.
Aunt Claire was the owner o a store called The Junque
11 Shoppe. That was a ancy way o saying that she sold junk.23 Some o the things in the store were antiques, but others
34 were just old.
37 Aunt Claire did give good presents, though.
44 This time she had a pretty box illed with old beads or
56 Susan. For our-year-old Emma she had a stued alligator.
65 The minute Emma saw the alligator she orgot all about
75 saying goodbye to her mom and dad. “Fluy can sit on my
87 bed,” she announced.
90 “Fluy isn’t a good name or an alligator,” Susan said.
100 “Don’t upset your sister,” her mom warned.
107 Susan rolled her eyes. She was just trying to be helpul.
118 Mom and dad inally said their goodbyes and let. Ater
128 dinner, Emma sat down to watch a video about dinosaurs.
138 Susan looked at her beads. 143
Comprehension Check
1. How does Emma eel about her stued alligator? Plot
2. Why does Susan think the name Fluy is not a good name or an
alligator? Plot
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Phrasing
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 109/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
101
1. What do you predict that this passage will be about?
Now read the passage, and answer the questions that ollow.
On the Move: The Lives of Hunter-Gatherers
Thousands o years ago, hunter-gatherers lived in the area that is now
southwest Texas. Hunter-gatherers are people who get ood by hunting
animals and gathering plant parts. These hunter-gatherers had to move
rom place to place to ind new animals to hunt and new plants to eat.
2. Who are hunter-gatherers? What text eature helped you locate the
answer?
3. Was your prediction correct? Support your answer with ideas rom the
passage.
When you make a prediction, you use a text’s title, pictures,
key words, and other text clues to make a guess about the text.
As you continue reading, you can conirm your prediction, or
ind out whether you were right.
Comprehension:
Make and Confirm
Predictions
Read the title o the passage, and answer the question.
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 110/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
102
5FYUCPPLTPGUFOIBWFTQFDJBMGFBUVSFTUPIFMQZPVVOEFSTUBOE
XIBUZPVBSFSFBEJOH"OJOUSPEVDUJPOQSFQBSFTSFBEFSTGPSXIBU
UIFZBSFBCPVUUPSFBE)FBEJOHTBOELFZXPSETUFMMBCPVUUIF
UPQJD#PMEGBDFUZQFIJHIMJHIUTJNQPSUBOUWPDBCVMBSZ$BQUJPOT
HJWFJOGPSNBUJPOBCPVUQIPUPHSBQIT5FYUGFBUVSFTIFMQZPV
NBLFBOEDPOGJSNQSFEJDUJPOTBOEMPDBUFJOGPSNBUJPO
Text Feature:
Features in a Textbook
"OTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTBCPVUUIFQBTTBHF
8IBUJTUIFUJUMF8IBUJTUIFIFBEJOH8IBUEPZPVQSFEJDUUIJTBSUJDMF
XJMMCFBCPVU
Foods Around the World
Some oods have dierent names in dierent countries. Think about
your avorite oods at home. You may be surprised to learn what they are
called in other countries.Confusing Food Naes
A biscuit in England is not the same as a biscuit in America. A biscuit
in England is called a cookie in the United States. In England a pie is called
flan, rench ries are called chips, and potato chips are called crisps.
/BNFUIFGFBUVSFUIBUXPVMEGPMMPXBQJDUVSFPGBCJTDVJU
8IBUXPSETBSFJOCPMEGBDFUZQF8IZ
8BTZPVSQSFEJDUJPODPSSFDU
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 111/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
103
"3FBEFBDITFOUFODF6OEFSMJOFUIFDPOUFYUDMVFTUIBUIFMQZPV
GJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFCPMEGBDFXPSE
8FXBOUUPàYVQPVSIPVTF*UXJMMUBLFUIFXPSLFSTBZFBSUP SFOPWBUF
UIFTFDPOEáPPS
"GUFSUIFQMVNCFSDBNFUPàYUIFCBUISPPNIFGFMUIFMQMFTT)FXBT
GSVTUSBUFECFDBVTFIFDPVMEOUTUBSUUIFKPC
5IFOFJHICPSTBSFBHBJOTUUIFDPOTUSVDUJPO5IFZPQQPTFBMMUIFEJSU
BOEOPJTF
5IFCVJMEJOHNBOBHFSDBNFEJTHVJTFEBTBXPSLFS/PPOFLOFXIF
XBTUIFSF
5IFPXOFSTXFSFFDTUBUJD5IFZKVNQFEGPSKPZXIFOUIFZHPUUIFLFZUP
UIFJSOFXIPVTF
8IFOZPVSFBEBOVOGBNJMJBSXPSEVTJOHUIFXPSETBSPVOEJUDBO
PGUFOIFMQZPVGJHVSFPVUJUTNFBOJOH5IFTFXPSETBSFQBSBHSBQI
DMVFTBOEDBOCFTZOPOZNTBOUPOZNTPSFYBNQMFT
Vocabulary Strategy:
Paragraph Clues
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 112/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
104
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand stories you read. Look in the story or acts
and details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to supportyour answer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these questions are right there in
the story.
Why? How? The answers to these questions aren’t in the story.
You use acts and details to fgure out the answer
What was the story’s theme?
Did the author do a good job?
You look at story details and make a decision about
how answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the story. Use acts and details rom
the story to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title
Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A Castle on Viola StreetGrade 3/Unit 2
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 113/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
105
Phonics:
r -Controlled Vowels
er , ir , ur
When a vowel is ollowed by r , the r changes the vowel’s sound.
When the vowels e, i , and u are ollowed by r , the sound is
usually /ûr/ as in shirt .
Underline the word in each sentence that ollows the r -controlled
vowel spellings. Then circle the letters o the word that make the /ûr/
sound.
1. When my room is dirty, my mom makes me clean it beore I can play
outside.
2. I am usually the frst to wake up in the morning. I like to read beore the
house gets too noisy.
3. Sarah can always fnd my wallet in my purse when she needs the keys.
4. My dad likes to burn wood when it gets cold outside.
5. In science class, we ound out how to sneeze without spreading germs.
6. The letter a is a vowel.
7. What was the girl doing with the box o crayons?
8. We are not supposed to use the red marker.
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 114/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3106
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 115/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
107
1. A snow shovel is the most tool or clearing snow
o a sidewalk.
2. The ballet dancer moved graceully across
the stage.
3. The writer was thrilled when he received a letter o
or his poem.
4. Breakast is my avorite meal.
5. We were careul to use manners at the table.
6. Our grew as we waited or the author’s plane
to land.
B. Write the deinitions or the ollowing vocabulary words.
7. acceptance
8. talented
9. excitement
10. proper
A. Use the vocabulary words to complete each sentence below.
proper talented useul single excitement acceptance
Vocabulary
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 116/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
108
Comprehension:
Author’s Purpose
Read each passage. Underline the important details. Write the
sentence that states the author’s purpose. Then choose whether
the purpose is to inorm, persuade, or entertain.
Writing is my avorite thing to do when I get home rom school. You
should deinitely try it. Ater school, go home and just write about yourthoughts or the day. Who knows, maybe your thoughts will turn into a story!
1. Stated purpose:
2. The author’s purpose is to:
a. persuade b. entertain c. inorm
Getting a book published is a long process. You have to write your story
and then send it to a publisher. The publisher will decide i they like thestory you wrote and then will publish it. Sometimes publishers do not like
the story and you have to start the process over again.
3. Stated purpose:
4. The author’s purpose is to:
a. persuade b. entertain c. inorm
The unniest thing happened to me. A cat in a tiny airplane lew overmy head. I chased the plane and it landed in someone’s backyard. Then I
noticed that a boy with a remote was lying the plane. The cat was not real!
5. Stated purpose:
6. The author’s purpose is to:
a. persuade b. entertain c. inorm
Authors write to entertain, or tell a good story, to inorm, or give
acts, or to persuade, or convince. To ind the author’s stated
purpose, look at the details. Find what they have in common.
Then look or the sentence that states the author’s purpose.
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 117/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
109
Comprehension:
Author’s Purpose
Chart
Details
Author’s Purpose
As you read Author: A True Story , ill in the Author’s Purpose Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in the Author’s Purpose Chart help you
generate questions about Author: A True Story ?
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 118/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
110
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
Elwyn Brooks White was born on July 11, 1899. He
10 was the baby in his amily. He had three sisters and two22 brothers. His brother Stanley taught him to read beore
31 he even started school.
35 All six White children learned music. Ater dinner, the
44 Whites played music together.
48 They also did their homework. Mr. and Mrs. White had
58 been too poor to stay in school. But they wanted their
69 children to get a good education.
75 The Whites lived in Mount Vernon, a city near New
85 York City. Mount Vernon was more like a rural town in
96 those days. A boy could still ind many wild animals.
106 White always had a dog and lots o other pets. 116
Comprehension Check
1. What kind o amily were the Whites? Make Inerences
2. How did Mr. and Mrs. White eel about school? Make Inerences
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 119/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
111
Comprehension:
Biography and
Autobiography
Biographies and autobiographies are texts that tell about
someone’s lie. A biography is written by someone other than
the subject. It is written rom the third-person point o view. An
autobiography is written by the subject. It is written rom the
irst-person point o view.
Read each passage. Then answer the questions.
1. My name is Pete. I like to cook. One day, I wanted to make a treat
or my classmates. I made little sandwiches in the shape o our schoolmascot—a bear. My mom helped me use a bear-shaped cookie cutter to cut
the sandwiches. Everyone was excited when they saw sandwiches shaped
like the Brown School Bears!
• From what point o view is this passage written?
• Is this passage a biography or an autobiography? How do you know?
2. George Washington Carver is an important person in the history o
U.S. agriculture. While he was working at a school in Alabama, Carver
studied ways that armers could grow better crops. He did experiments to
ind out how to make soil healthier. He also invented new products that
could be made rom plants grown on arms.
• From what point o view is this passage written?
• Is this passage a biography or an autobiography? How do you know?
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 120/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
112
Literary Element:
Onomatopoeia,
Rhythm
A. Use the examples o onomatopoeia in the box to describe
each phrase below. Some words will not be used at all.
1. something breaks as it alls to the oor
2. something explodes
3. a swarm o bees
4. tires stopping quickly
B. Write a couplet, a poem with two lines. Use at least one
example o onomatopoeia in your poem. Read your poem
aloud and listen or the rhythm. Then underline the stressedsyllables in each line.
Onomatopoeia is the use o a word that is spelled to mimic
the sound it describes. For example, the words honk and
beep describe the sounds o a horn; splash is the sound water
makes.
Rhythm is the sound pattern o a poem. Some syllables
are stressed, or said with more strength. The stressed and
unstressed syllables give the poem its rhythm. The stressed
syllables are in dark print in the examples below.
Example: Roses are red. Violets are blue.
screech crash squeak buzz sizzle boom
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 121/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
113
Vocabulary Strategy:
Context Clues:
Word Clues
3FBEUIFTFOUFODFTCFMPX6OEFSMJOFUIFDPOUFYUDMVFTUIBUIFMQZPV
GJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFVOEFSMJOFEXPSET8SJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFVOEFSMJOFEXPSEPOUIFMJOF
8FXBJUFEJOMJOFUPHFUBOBVUPHSBQI5IFXSJUFSTBUBUBTNBMMUBCMF
TJHOJOHDPQJFTPGIFSCPPL
BVUPHSBQINFBOT
5IFJMMVTUSBUPSPGUIFCPPLXBTOFBSMZBTGBNPVTBTUIFBVUIPS)FXBT
LOPXOGPSIJTEFUBJMFEQFOBOEJOLESBXJOHT
JMMVTUSBUPSNFBOT
*TFOUNZDPNQMFUFECPPLUPBQVCMJTIFS5IFQVCMJTIFSEFDJEFEUPQSJOU
NZCPPL
QVCMJTIFSNFBOT
5IFàSFXPSLTRVJDLMZà[[MFEPVU5IFSBJONBEFJUIBSEGPSUIFNUPCVSO
à[[MFENFBOT
5IFBVUIPSXBTWFSZQSPVEPGIFSCPPL4IFTIPXFEBMMIFSGSJFOETUIF
BDDFQUBODFMFUUFS
QSPVENFBOT
8IFOZPVSFBEBOVOGBNJMJBSXPSEZPVDBOVTF DPOUFYUDMVFTPS
UIFXPSETPSTFOUFODFTBSPVOEUIFXPSEUPGJHVSFPVUJUTNFBOJOH
4PNFUJNFTBSFBEFSDBOGJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPGBOVOGBNJMJBS
XPSECZMPPLJOHGPSXPSEDMVFTJOUIFTBNFTFOUFODFPSBOFBSCZ
TFOUFODF5IFDMVFNJHIUCFBTZOPOZNPSBOPUIFSXPSEPSQISBTF
UIBUIFMQTUIFSFBEFSGJHVSFPVUUIFVOGBNJMJBSXPSETNFBOJOH
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 122/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
114
A. Reading Strategy: Monitor and Adjust Comprehension
Make sure that you understand what you are reading. I you don’t
understand, ask questions, look or clues, or reread part o the text aloud.Choose a text that you are reading this week. Complete the chart or a
difcult part o that text.
What I Read
What I Don’t Understand
What I Did to Correct My Understanding
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase the main idea or meaning o the text.
Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Author: A True Story • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 123/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
115
8IFOBWPXFMJTGPMMPXFECZBOS UIFS DIBOHFTUIFWPXFMTTPVOE8IFO
UIFMFUUFSS GPMMPXTUIFWPXFMTBBOEPUIFZBSFQSPOPVODFEÅSBOEÔS
6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSEJOFBDITFOUFODFUIBUIBTUIFS DPOUSPMMFE
WPXFMTPVOE5IFODJSDMFUIFMFUUFSTJOUIFXPSEUIBUNBLFTUIF
TPVOE
5IFCBOEEFDJEFEUPNBSDIBDSPTTUIFMBXO
8FEJEOUXBOUUPXBMLUPPGBSGSPNUIFHSPVQ
8FXBOUFEUPQBSLUIFDBSDMPTFUPUIFCVJMEJOH
8FIBEUPCVZJDFGSPNUIFTUPSFCFDBVTFUIFTPEBHPUIPU
)FIPOLFEUIFIPSOUISFFUJNFTUPMFUVTLOPXIFXBTSFBEZUPHP
.ZKBDLFUXBTUPSOTP*NFOEFEJU
)PDLFZJTNZGBWPSJUFTQPSU
8FDPVOUFEàWFUSFFTJOUIFZBSE
*USJQQFEPWFSUIFDPSEJONZSPPN
*EPOUMJLFUPXBUDINPWJFTBCPVUTIBSLT
Phonics:
r -Controlled Vowels
ar , or
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 124/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3116
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 125/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
117
The Move
I couldn’t believe it when my ather we would
be moving to Oregon. My best riend Jacob was even more upset. We
promised to stay in touch, but we knew it wouldn’t be the same as seeing
each other ace to ace.
A month later, as our plane rom New York
to our new home, the o my little brother’s pretzel
bag woke me. I looked out at the night sky and came
up with a great idea. I Jacob can’t see me ace to ace, I’ll just have to
send him a photograph. “Perect,” I thought as I held out my arms in ront
o me to snap my own picture. The next day I sent it to him.One week later I that the mail carrier had
delivered an envelope rom Jacob to me! Inside was his picture and a letter.
I we can’t see each other ace to ace, at least we can see each other ace
to picture.
crackle announced soaredstarry noticed
Read the story. Fill in the blanks with the correct vocabulary words.
Vocabulary
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 126/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
118
The characters are the people and animals in a story. Story
details show how characters eel about each other and how they
change. The setting is where and when the story takes place.
The plot is the important events in the beginning, middle, and
end o the story.
Read the story and answer the questions below.
Jake was new to our school. Everyone thought he was mean because he
didn’t want to play or talk to anyone. When kids went up to him, he justturned his head the other way.
One day, I was playing with my ball and it got stuck on a tree branch.
No one wanted to help me get it down. Jake actually climbed the tree and
got the ball or me. I gave him a big hug. Now we are good riends. We
play ball together everyday.
1. Why did the narrator think Jake was mean?
2. What did Jake do in the story to make the narrator change her mind?
3. How do Jake and the narrator eel about each other now?
Comprehension:
Character, Setting,
Plot
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 127/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
119
As you read Dear Juno, ill in the Character Web.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Character Web help you
analyze story structure in Dear Juno?
Comprehension:
Character Web
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 128/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
120
"T*SFBE*XJMMQBZBUUFOUJPOUPFYQSFTTJPOBOEJOUPOBUJPO
A week earlier, Mr. Wilson had announced that his class
was going to become pen pals with a classroom o students in Arica.
Mr. Wilson rolled up the map. He picked up a piece o
chalk. “Please raise your hand i you know what you’d like
to say in the letter.”
He wrote a greeting at the top o the chalkboard.
Dear students of Mr. Addo’s class,
Danny’s hand shot up. “We’re very excited to be your
pen pals,” he said.
Mr. Wilson wrote those words under the greeting.
Then Sonya raised her hand. “It’s autumn here in Iowa.
What is the weather like now in Ghana?”
Comprehension Check
5PXIJDIDPVOUSZJO"GSJDBJT.S8JMTPOTDMBTTHPJOHUPTFOEBMFUUFS
1MPU
8IBUBSFTPNFPUIFSUIJOHT.S8JMTPOTDMBTTNJHIUXBOUUPLOPXBCPVU
PSTIBSFXJUI.S"EEPTDMBTT1MPU
8PSET3FBE mNumber of
Errors
WordsCorrect Score
'JSTU3FBE m
4FDPOE3FBE m
Fluency:
Expression and
Intonation
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 129/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
121
Comprehension: Use
Graphic Features
Tea Sorts
A tea sort is a sport that a group of people must do together .
Playing a team sport can help you stay healthy.
Staying Healthy Exercise helps you improve your physical itness. Physical fitness is the
body’s ability to do everything that it needs to do. When you play a team
sport, exercise becomes a habit. O course, you exercise every time your team
plays a game. You also exercise when your team practices.
Basketball is a tea sort.
8IBUGFBUVSFIFMQTZPVLOPXXIBUUIFTFDPOEQBSBHSBQIXJMMCFBCPVU
8IBUEPFTUIFUFSN QIZTJDBMGJUOFTTNFBO
8IBUEPUIFQJDUVSFBOEDBQUJPOUFMMZPV
(SBQIJDGFBUVSFTBSFQBSUTPGBUFYUUIBUIFMQSFBEFSTGJOEBOE
VTFJOGPSNBUJPO5JUMFTIFBEJOHTCPMEGBDFPSJUBMJDJ[FEXPSET
JMMVTUSBUJPOTBOEDBQUJPOTBSFFYBNQMFTPGHSBQIJDGFBUVSFT
3FBEUIFBSUJDMFBOEBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTCFMPX
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 130/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
122
NJMMJPO NJMMJPO NJMMJPO
NJMMJPO
Use the time line to answer the questions below.
Number o Householdswith Cable Television
1. How many households had cable television in 1990?
2. In which year did 66 million households have cable television?
3. How many households had cable television in 1993?
4. How many more households had cable television in 1997 than in 1990?
5. Between what years did the number o households with cable television
increase by 14 million?
A time line shows when important events took place.
To read a time line:• Look at the time line to see what it is about.
• Read the time line rom let to right.
• Read each event given.
• Look at the date or each event.
Text Feature:
Time Line
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 131/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
123
$POUFYUDMVFTBSFXPSETPSTFOUFODFTCFGPSFPSBGUFSBO
VOGBNJMJBSXPSE6TFUIFNUPIFMQZPVGJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPG
UIFVOGBNJMJBSXPSE
3FBEUIFTFOUFODFT$JSDMFUIFDPOUFYUDMVFTUIBUIFMQZPV
VOEFSTUBOEUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFVOEFSMJOFEXPSE8SJUFUIF
NFBOJOHPGFBDIXPSE
5IFQPTUPGàDFPGGFSTSBQJEEFMJWFSZTPUIBUQFPQMFHFUUIFJSMFUUFSTRVJDLMZ
3BQJENFBOT
5IFCPTTSFBETUIFNFNPSBOEVNPSTIPSUNFTTBHFUPUIFXPSLFST
.FNPSBOEVNNFBOT
5IFQMBOFXFUPPLUPWJTJUPVSBVOU BTDFOEFERVJDLMZVQUPUIFTLZ
"TDFOEFENFBOT
*XBTSFBMMZTVSQSJTFEUPHFUBOVOFYQFDUFEFNBJMGSPNBOPMEGSJFOE
6OFYQFDUFENFBOT
.ZGSJFOEBOE*DIBUFBDINPSOJOHBOEXFUBMLBUOJHIUUPP
$IBUNFBOT
#MVFXIBMFTBSFNBNNPUIBOEDBOHSPXUPPOFIVOESFEGFFU
.BNNPUINFBOT
Vocabulary Strategy:
Context Clues:
Sentence Clues
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 132/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
124
A. Reading Strategy: Monitor and Adjust Comprehension
Make sure that you understand what you are reading. Picturing
characters or scenes in your mind as you read will help you. Choose atext that you are reading this week, and complete the chart.
Details That DescribePicture That I Form in
My Mind
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase the main idea or meaning o the text.
Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Dear Juno • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 133/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
125
3FBEFBDITFOUFODFBOEVOEFSMJOFUIFXPSEXJUIBQSFGJY5IFOXSJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGUIBUXPSEPOUIFMJOF
*EJEOUHFUZPVSFNBJMCFDBVTFZPVNJTTQFMMFENZOBNF
*XBTBCMFUPQSFQBZGPSNZUJDLFUTP*EJEOPUXBJUJOMJOF
*EJTBQQFBSFECFIJOEUIFUSFFXIFSFOPPOFDPVMETFFNF
1MFBTFSFSFBENZFNBJMBOEUIFOTFOENFBOBOTXFS
*GPSHPUUPVOQMVHNZDPNQVUFSXIFO*XFOUBXBZGPSUIFXFFLFOE
*NJTQMBDFEZPVSFNBJMBEESFTTTPQMFBTFTFOEJUBHBJO
"QSFGJYJTBXPSEQBSUUIBUDBOCFBEEFEUPUIFCFHJOOJOHPG
BCBTFXPSEUPDIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFXPSE
1SFGJY .FBOJOH #BTF8PSE /FX8PSE /FX.FBOJOH
SF BHBJO SFCVJME SFCVJME CVJMEBHBJO
VO OPUPSPQQPTJUF VOBCMF VOBCMF OPUBCMF
QSF CFGPSFPSBIFBE QSFIFBU QSFIFBU IFBUCFGPSF
NJT XSPOH NJTDPVOU NJTDPVOU DPVOUXSPOH
EJT OPUPSPQQPTJUF EJTPCFZ EJTPCFZ OPUPCFZ
Phonics/Word Study:
Prefixes re- , un- ,
pre- , mis- , dis-
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 134/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3126
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 135/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
127
A. Read the story. Then ill in each blank with the correct
vocabulary word rom the box. Circle the context clues that
help you igure out the meaning o the vocabulary words.
record ocus estimate
I have been reading an online almanac. Scientists think that
our area will be hit with a big snowstorm next winter. They
that we will receive about 36 inches o
snow. That’s three eet o snow! I wonder i the snowstorm will set a
or the most snow in one storm. I told my
mom about what the scientists are thinking. She said that I should
on my homework that’s due tomorrow. She wants
me to pay attention to my school work and ignore the storms that might
happen a long time rom now!
B. Use clues in the story to write the deinitions o the
vocabulary words. Check your deinitions with a dictionary.
1. record
2. ocus
3. estimate
Vocabulary
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 136/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
128
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
3FBEUIFQBTTBHFBOEBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTBCPVUJU
The town had a big storm. A tree ell because the rain was heavy and
the wind was strong. People couldn’t use their telephones since the tree ell
on a major telephone pole. As a result o the storm, people had to drive to
the next town to make calls.
8IBUIBQQFOFEUPUIFUSFF8IZ
8IZDPVMEOUQFPQMFVTFUIFJSUFMFQIPOFT
8IBUIBQQFOFEBTBSFTVMUPGUIFTUPSN
"DBVTFJTBOFWFOUUIBUNBLFTTPNFUIJOHFMTFIBQQFO"O
FGGFDUJTXIBUIBQQFOTBTBSFTVMU5PGJOEBOFGGFDUBTLXIBU
IBQQFOFE5PGJOEBDBVTFBTLXIZEJEJUIBQQFO
4JHOBMXPSETTVDIBTCFDBVTFTJODFBOEBTBSFTVMU DBOIFMQ
ZPVJEFOUJGZDBVTFTBOEUIFJSFGGFDUT
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 137/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
129
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
Chart
As you read Messaging Mania, ill in the Cause and Eect Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Cause and Eect Chart
help you better understand Messaging Mania?
Cause Effect
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 138/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
130
"T*SFBE*XJMMQBZBUUFOUJPOUPNZQSPOVODJBUJPOBOEQISBTJOH
When something breaks on the space station, what does
the crew do? They ix it. To repair the outside o the space station, they must take a spacewalk.
The temperature in space can be very hot or very cold.
Astronauts wear spacesuits or protection. Their suits also
provide air, since there is no oxygen in space.
What happens i gravity pulls astronauts away during a
spacewalk? They use a jet-pack “lie jacket” to easily ly
back to the station.
Each year, new tools make the job o ixing the space
station a bit easier. A new kind o radio lets up to ive
people talk at one time. Heaters help keep ingers warm.
New lights on the space helmets shine on dim and dark
work areas.
Comprehension Check
)PXEPFTUIFTQBDFTVJUQSPUFDUUIFBTUSPOBVUT .BJO*EFBBOE%FUBJMT
)PXEPOFXUPPMTNBLFàYJOHUIFTQBDFTUBUJPOFBTJFS.BJO*EFBBOE
%FUBJMT
8PSET3FBE mNumber of
Errors
WordsCorrect Score
'JSTU3FBE m
4FDPOE3FBE m
Fluency:
Pronunciation
and Phrasing
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 139/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
131
Comprehension:
Media Literacy
There are many ways to send and receive inormation on the
Internet. You can send e-mail to your riends or amily. You can
also learn inormation by going to a news Web site.
Read the passages below. Then answer the questions.
Greendale On Tuesday night,
city leaders agreed to build a bridge
over Longman Stream. The city o Greendale bought land on both sides
o the stream last year. That land will
become a new park. It will be named
Sanchez Park ater Greendale’s
ounder, Hector Sanchez.
The bridge will join the two areas
o the park. Walking and biking trails
will be on the east side o the stream.
A soccer ield, swings, and picnic
tables will be on the west side. The
city will plant trees along the stream.
From: [email protected]
Subject: Come to my party!Hey Aaron! I hope that you can
come to my birthday party this
Saturday the 29th at Sanchez
Park. It will be a blast!
We will play soccer irst and
then go to my house or cake.
Hope you can come!Jayson
1. How are the e-mail and the online news article dierent?
2. How are the e-mail and the online news article alike?
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 140/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
132
Study Skill:
Using the Library
Use resources in the library to ind inormation. Libraries have
reerence books and materials that contain inormation or
research.
• You can look up a topic, author, and title in the electronic
card catalog to ind out whether the library has the book you
are looking or.
• A telephone directory gives addresses and telephone
numbers o people and businesses. The directory may be in a
book or online.
• Newspapers and magazines oer inormation about people,
places, and things. You can learn about events that have just
happened. Newspapers and periodicals are available in print
or online.
Complete each o the ollowing statements with the name o the
library resource you would use.
1. Sam’s computer is broken, and he wants to fnd the number o the local
computer store. He should check the .
2. Mr. Chan wants to fnd an article about recent whale migration in the
Pacifc Ocean. He should check a science .
3. Many people in my town want to read about the results o yesterday’s
election. They should check the .
4. I want to know i the library has a specifc book about grizzly bears. I will
check the .
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 141/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
133
Vocabulary Strategy:
Context Clues
Homographs are words that are spelled the same
but have more than one meaning. Use context clues
to igure out the correct meaning o the homograph.
The meaning depends on how the word is used.
The word pupil can mean two dierent things. I am
a pupil at the Bowen Elementary School. The pupil is
the black, center part o your eye.
A. Read each sentence. The homograph is in boldace type.
Underline the context clues. Write the meaning o the homograph.
1. My mom read the story beore we went to bed.
2. I live on the second story o the apartment building.
3. I wanted to hide behind the tree.
4. The elephant’s rough hide helps protect it.
B. Choose a homograph rom the sentences above. Then write two
sentences o your own.
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 142/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
134
A. Reading Strategy: Monitor and Adjust Comprehension
Make sure that you understand what you are reading. Rereading parts
o a text aloud will help you. Correct any ideas that didn’t match the text.Choose a text that you are reading this week, and complete the activity.
Stop ater you read something that is hard to understand. Answer the
question.
What is unclear about this part o the text?
Now reread that part o text. Reread more than once i needed. Then
answer the question.
What does this part o the text mean?
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning o
the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the
log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Messaging Mania • Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 143/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
135
Phonics:
Diphthongs
oi, oy
6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSEJOFBDITFOUFODFUIBUIBTUIFPJTPVOE
5IFOXSJUFUIFXPSEBOEDJSDMFUIFMFUUFSTJOUIFXPSEUIBUNBLF
UIFPJTPVOE
)FIBEUPQPJOUNFJOUIFSJHIUEJSFDUJPO
5IFSBEJPNBEFTPNVDIOPJTF*DPVMEOUTMFFQ
"CPZJONZDMBTTXJMMCFTJYZFBSTPMEUPNPSSPX
.ZEBEDPMMFDUTSBSFDPJOT
5IFQSJODFTTXPSFUIFSPZBMDSPXO
&WFSZPOFLOPXTZPVTIPVMELFFQZPVSWPJDFEPXOJOUIFMJCSBSZ
5IFUPZGFMMCVUJUEJEOUCSFBL
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 144/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
136
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 145/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
137
A. Read the story. Then ill in the blanks with the correct
vocabulary words rom the box.
instance illustrate style textures sketches suggestions
From the time she was a child, Jenna knew she wanted to
children’s books. Jenna had her own
o drawing. It was dierent rom that o any
artist she had ever seen. Her had something
special in them. For , Jenna always drew a piece
o hair sticking up rom the heads o all o her characters.
Jenna loved to paint with oil paints. Some o her paintings had smooth
. In others, the paint was thick and rough.
As she grew up, Jenna took several classes in drawing and painting.
rom her teachers helped Jenna improve.
B. Using the clues in the story, write the deinitions o these
vocabulary words. Check your deinitions with a dictionary.
1. instance
2. illustrate
3. style
4. textures
Vocabulary
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 146/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
138
In a story, events take place in a certain sequence, or
chronological order.
Read the passage below and answer the questions that ollow.
Bryan Jones loves to draw rogs. First he takes his pencils and pad
to the park. Then he starts to sketch the irst rog he sees. Ater Bryan
inishes his sketch, he takes it home. Then he looks or all o his green
paint. Finally, Bryan paints his rog on a big canvas.
1. What does Bryan do frst?
2. What happens next?
3. What fnally happens?
Comprehension:
Sequence
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 147/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
139
Comprehension:
Sequence Chart
"TZPVSFBE8IBU%P*MMVTUSBUPST%PGJMMJOUIF4FRVFODF$IBSU
)PXEPFTUIFJOGPSNBUJPOZPVXSPUFJOUIJT4FRVFODF$IBSUIFMQZPV
BOBMZ[FUFYUTUSVDUVSFJO8IBU%P*MMVTUSBUPST%P
Event
Event
Event
Event
Event
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 148/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
140
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing and rate.
Most o us wish we could draw people. Whether you
10 want to illustrate a story or design a poster, the ability to22 draw people comes in handy.
27 We all look at aces every day. But beginning artists
37 still have trouble putting what they see on paper. For
47 instance, they oten draw the eyes too low. They make
57 the top o the head too small. The people they draw look
69 like pinheads!
71 You don’t need special supplies to learn to draw. All
81 you really need to get started is an ordinary pencil and a
93 good eraser. Use any kind o plain white paper.
102 It’s a good idea to start by copying other drawings
112 and photographs. You will get better with practice.
120 Then you can surprise your riends and amily by
129 drawing them. 131
Comprehension Check
1. What are some common mistakes or beginning artists? Main Idea and
Details
2. What is a way to become a better artist? Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Phrasing and Rate
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 149/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
141
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
A cause is an event or an action that makes something happen.
An eect is something that happens because o an event or an
action. To identiy cause and eect, look or signal words such
as cause, effect , because, due to, since, if , and when.
Read the passage. Then answer the questions.
When a ire alarm rings, ireighters jump into action. They put on
boots, coats, pants, and helmets. They grab saety tools and jump onto the
ire truck. The ire truck races through traic because people might be indanger. When drivers hear the truck’s siren, they move their cars to allow
the truck to pass.
When ireighters arrive at a ire, they hook up the truck’s hoses. Then
the ireighters work to put out the ire. They check to make sure that
people and animals are sae. They enter a building careully because a ire
can cause buildings to all.
1. What causes a frefghter to jump into action?
2. What causes a fre truck to race through trafc?
3. What eect does the fre truck’s siren have on trafc?
4. What eect does a fre have on some buildings?
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 150/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
142
An interview is a written record o a conversation in which the
interviewer asks someone questions in order to gather inormation.
Read the interview. Then answer the questions.
Interviewer: When did you open your art school?
Cora Amble: I opened the art school last year. At irst, I worked with
students I knew rom being an art teacher at their school.
Interviewer: What kind o classes can students take in your school?
Cora Amble: They can take classes in watercolor, oil paint, pastels,
or pottery. Also, they can learn to make pots, mugs, or animal
igures out o clay.
Interviewer: Do you have many students in your school?
Cora Amble: Twenty-ive students are enrolled right now. I would like
to hire another teacher so I can take more students.
1. When did Cora’s art school frst open?
2. What kind o art do Cora’s students learn?
3. Why does Cora want to hire another art teacher?
Text Feature:
Interviews
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 151/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
143
$JSDMFUIFDPOUFYUDMVFTUIBUIFMQZPVGJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPG
UIFVOEFSMJOFEXPSEJOFBDITFOUFODF8SJUFBQPTTJCMFEFGJOJUJPO
PGUIFXPSE
5IFBSUJTUMPPLFEBUUIFCBSSFODBOWBTBOEàMMFEUIFCMBOLTQBDFXJUI
ESBXJOHTPGCSJHIUáPXFST
CBSSFO
*MMVTUSBUPSTOFFEUPDPOTJEFSBMMUIFTDFOFTJOBTUPSZBTUIFZUIJOLBCPVU
XIBUQJDUVSFTUPESBX
DPOTJEFS
5IFGBNPVTQBJOUJOHXBTPCTDVSFECZUIFMBSHFDSPXETUBOEJOHJOGSPOU
PGJU
PCTDVSFE
5IFTLFUDIFTBOJMMVTUSBUPSNBLFTBUàSTUBSFRVJDLBOESPVHIESBXJOHT
TLFUDIFT
4PNFJMMVTUSBUPSTFYDFMBUESBXJOHGBDFTCVUPUIFSTDBOOPUESBXGBDFT
WFSZXFMM
FYDFM
5IFBSUJTUNBLFTTJNQMFQFODJMESBXJOHTPSPVUMJOFTPGXIBUXJMMHPPO
UIFQBHFTPGIJTCPPL
PVUMJOFT
4FOUFODFDMVFTBSFPUIFSXPSETJOUIFTBNFPSBOFBSCZ
TFOUFODFUIBUDPNFCFGPSFPSBGUFSBOVOGBNJMJBSXPSE
4FOUFODFDMVFTDBOIFMQZPVGJHVSFPVUUIFNFBOJOHPGBXPSE
Vocabulary Strategy:
Sentence Clues
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 152/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
144
A. Reading Strategy: Monitor and Adjust Comprehension
Make sure that you understand what you are reading. Asking questions
about a text will help you. Choose a text that you are reading this week,and complete the activity.
Stop ater you read something that is hard to understand. Write a
question about that part o the text.
Question:
Now reread that part o the text, or read on. Look or acts and details in
the text that help you answer your question. Write the answer. Include
evidence to support your answer.
Repeat as needed as you keep reading the text.
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase main ideas or the meaning o the text.
Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
What Do Illustrators Do?Grade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 153/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
145
Read each word in the box. Sort the words by writing each under the
correct sound and spelling category below. Be sure to read each word
aloud beore sorting.
/ü/ as in grew, rude, clue, fruit, and group
ue ew ou
oo ui
/ ů / as in cook and could
oo ou
/u/ as in mule
u_e
Phonics/Word Study:
Variant Vowel
oo , u_e , ue , ew
ou , ui
chew good sue ool juice
crew should prune rude soup
cruel ume book would cube
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 154/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
146
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 155/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
147
A. Choose a vocabulary word rom the box to complete each
sentence below.
annual potential politely
expensive innocent wrapping
1. This year we changed the place or our
amily picnic.
2. Use this paper or the big presents.
3. My sister thinks that I broke her suitcase, but I am .
4. You should speak to everyone, not just adults.
5. The airplane tickets were so that we took
the bus instead.
6. The spaceship journey may be dangerous, but it has great
or new inormation about Mars.
B. Write a sentence using the vocabulary words correctly.
7. annual
8. expensive
Vocabulary
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 156/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
148
Sometimes readers need to iner, or igure out, what is
happening in a story rom clues that the author gives. To make
inerences, add what you know to what the author tells you.
Read the paragraph and answer the questions.
Last year my brothers, my mom, and I took a trip to Chicago. Dad
stayed home. This year we’re planning a trip to New York City. Dad is
making up our sightseeing schedule again. We always ollow his advice
and have a great time. I like to call him every day and tell him what wedid. Dad says he doesn’t have to leave home to travel to cities in the United
States because they are as close as his travel magazines and books. Next
year we may even go to Mexico.
1. How does Dad eel about his amily taking trips without him?
2. Explain how you know.
3. Do you think Dad will travel with his amily to Mexico? Why or why not?
4. Do you think the narrator would like Dad to travel with the amily? Why or
why not?
Comprehension:
Make Inferences
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 157/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
149
Comprehension:
Inference Chart
Clues Inference
As you read The Jones Family Express, ill in the Inerence Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Inerence Chart help you
visualize details in The Jones Family Express?
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 158/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
150
As I read, I will pay attention to intonation and expression.
“How are you two doing?” the conductor asked Marie.
9 “Fine, thanks,” Marie said olitely.14 Marie then asked her dad, “How’s Rosie?” She was
23 talking about her tiny black poodle. Her mom was holding
33 the tiny dog in a baby carrier around her neck.
43 “She’s just ine,” Mr. Diaz told her. “Rosie is sleeping.”
53 Her parents wanted to leave Rosie home, but Marie
62 insisted that her new puppy was too young to leave behind.
73 She was so small she’d be no trouble at all. Her parents
85 inally agreed.
87 Marie spent the last hours o the trip reading. Her new
98 book was so interesting that it made the hours pass quickly.
109 Soon she elt the train slow down. Her heart began to
120 beat ast. 122
Comprehension Check
1. How did Marie convince her parents to bring Rosie on their trip? Plot
Development
2. Why did Marie’s heart begin to beat aster? Plot Development
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Intonation and
Expression
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 159/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
151
Josh loved dogs. He checked out books about dogs rom the library
and read them careully. He learned about dierent breeds o dogs, how to
care or dogs, and how to train them. When the day inally came or Josh
to get a dog, he went to the animal shelter. When he saw a terrier puppy,
his heart nearly leapt out o his chest. He patted it on its head and named it
Max. Max licked his hand. Josh knew that this was the dog or him!
r 8IBUJTUIFQPJOUPGWJFXPGUIJTQBTTBHF)PXEPZPVLOPX
I elt my heart pounding in my chest. It was my irst time to speak
in ront o the class. I had practiced in ront o my mom or three nights.
I spoke slowly and careully. I learned to look at my mom and not at the
loor. I tried to speak loudly and not mumble. As I walked to the ront o
the room, I looked at my classmates. Then I took a deep breath.
r 8IBUJTUIFQPJOUPGWJFXPGUIJTQBTTBHF)PXEPZPVLOPX
5IFOBSSBUPSJTUIFQFSTPOXIPUFMMTUIFTUPSZ4PNFUJNFTUIF
OBSSBUPSJTBDIBSBDUFSJOUIFTUPSZBOEVTFTUIFQSPOPVOT*NF
BOENZ UPUFMMUIFTUPSZ5IJTUZQFPGOBSSBUPSUFMMTUIFTUPSZGSPN
BGJSTUQFSTPOQPJOUPGWJFX4PNFUJNFTUIFOBSSBUPSJTOPUB
DIBSBDUFSJOUIFTUPSZ5IFOBSSBUPSSFGFSTUPUIFDIBSBDUFSTCZ
OBNFPSCZVTJOHUIFQSPOPVOTIFPSTIF5IJTUZQFPGOBSSBUPS
UFMMTUIFTUPSZGSPNBUIJSEQFSTPOQPJOUPGWJFX
Comprehension: First-
and Third-Person
Narrator
3FBEFBDIQBTTBHF5IFOBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOT
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 160/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
152
Text Feature:
Directions
3FBEUIFEJSFDUJPOT5IFOBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTUIBUGPMMPX
Here are directions or going to Zoo Land Amusement Park.
Catch the #4 crosstown bus on the corner o Elm and Spruce.
Ride the #4 crosstown bus to the corner o State and Main.
At State Street, transer to the #7 downtown bus. Ride the #7 bus to the last bus stop.
When you get o the bus, you will see the entrance sign, “Zoo Land
Amusement Park.”
Have un!
8IBUJTUIFàSTUTUFQ
8IBUIBQQFOTBGUFSZPVSJEFUIFDSPTTUPXOCVT
)PXNBOZTUFQTBSFUIFSF
8IBUJTUIFMBTUTUFQ
5PGPMMPXEJSFDUJPOTSFBEUIFTUFQTJOPSEFS5IFTUFQTBSF
OVNCFSFE#FHJOXJUIUIFGJSTUTUFQOVNCFSBOEDPOUJOVFJO
PSEFSUISPVHIBMMUIFSFNBJOJOHTUFQT
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 161/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
153
Homophones are words that sound alike but are spelled
dierently and have dierent meanings.
A. Circle the correct word to complete each sentence.
1. We brushed the horse’s (main, mane) beore the show.
2. I used butter, (our, ower), and sugar to make the cookies.
3. Dad and I need to tighten the (break, brake) on my bike.
4. We need more wind to (sail, sale) the boat.
5. There was a (wrap, rap) on the window.
6. What is the name o the (mane, main) street near your house?
7. I picked this beautiul red (ower, our) or my aunt.
8. Tasha dropped the glass, but it did not (brake, break).
9. Mom and I went to the back-to-school (sale, sail) to buy jeans and
t-shirts.
10. I had to (rap, wrap) the present beore we let or the party.
B. Write a homophone on the line or each word below.
Example: rows
11. knot 16. be
12. haul 17. deer
13. tacks 18. steal
14. ea 19. sea
15. scene 20. hoarse
Vocabulary Strategy:
Homophones
rose
,
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 162/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
154
A. Reading Strategy: Monitor and Adjust Comprehension
Make sure that you understand what you are reading. Asking questions
will help you. Choose a text that you are reading this week, and answerthe questions.
Which part o the story is unclear?
What question can you ask to help you understand this part o the story?
What details and acts tell about your question?
What is the answer to your question? Support it with inormation rom the
story.
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something you would like to read. Ater reading, complete the
reading log. Be sure to paraphrase the main idea or meaning o the text.
Keep the details or events in the correct order. You may use the log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
The Jones Family ExpressGrade 3/Unit 3
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 163/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
155
Phonics:
Diphthong ou , ow
When two vowel sounds appear together in the same syllable,
they are pronounced as one sound. The letters ou and ow can
stand or /ou/ , the vowel sound you hear in found and crowd.
Underline the word with the /ou/ sound in each sentence. Then
circle the letters in each word that make the /ou/ sound.
1. We wanted to bounce the ball back and orth.
2. Please do not shout in the library, because many people are studying
and reading.
3. The cast o the play came to take a bow.
4. I hurt my leg when I slipped and ell to the hard ground.
5. Ater winning the science contest, I was very proud.
6. Fiona used the big red towel to dry o.
7. The sound o the dog barking outside woke me up.
8. My dad had a scowl on his ace when the dog ran away.
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 164/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word StudyName
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
156
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 165/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
157
Vocabulary
A. Use what you know about the other words in the sentences to
choose a word rom the box that makes sense in each blank.
One rainy day, Juan and Maria about what to do.
“Let’s look through our to see what we don’t need.
We can give away toys we do not play with,” said Juan.
Their mother at his idea. “I am glad that you
are not greedy children!” she said. This is a much better way to spend time
than . A long time ago I a lot
o to make a dress, and I never used it. Take it and
bring it with you. Maybe some children can make costumes with it.”
B. Write a deinition or each vocabulary word.
1. argued
2. beamed
3. abric
4. quarreling
5. possessions
6. purchased
argued beamed abric quarreling possessions purchased
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 166/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
158
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
"DPODMVTJPOJTBEFDJTJPOZPVNBLFBGUFSMPPLJOHBUBMMUIF
JOGPSNBUJPOBCPVUBTQFDJGJDUPQJD5P ESBXDPODMVTJPOT
SFBEFSTDBOVTFTUPSZDMVFTUPDPNFUPBOFXVOEFSTUBOEJOHPG
QMPUFWFOUTBOEDIBSBDUFSSFMBUJPOTIJQTJOUIFTUPSZ
3FBEUIFTUPSJFTCFMPX"OTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTUIBUGPMMPX
,FFQJONJOEUIFTFRVFODFPGUIFQMPUTNBJOFWFOUTBOEUIFJS
JOGMVFODFPOGVUVSFFWFOUTBTZPVSFBE
Sam is a new student in Mike’s class. Sam is shy. Mike thought he was
stuck up. One day Mike had a hard time with a math problem. Sam
showed Mike how to solve it. Mike thanked Sam. They played at recess.
)PXEPFT.JLFGFFMBCPVU4BNJOUIFCFHJOOJOHPGUIFQBTTBHF
8IBUIBQQFOFEXIFO.JLFIBEBIBSEUJNFXJUIBNBUIQSPCMFN
)PXEJEUIFSFMBUJPOTIJQCFUXFFO.JLFBOE4BNDIBOHF8IBUFWFOUTIFMQZPVESBXZPVSDPODMVTJPO
Neighborhood children walked together to the park. They arrived to find
empty cans, fallen leaves, and crumbled paper everywhere. The children
pouted. “Something must be done about this,” one child said. They all
marched home and returned with rakes, trash bags, and buckets.
8IBUEJEUIFOFJHICPSIPPEDIJMESFOEPàSTU
8IBUXJMMUIFDIJMESFOEPOFYU8IBUJOGPSNBUJPOGSPNUIFTUPSZIFMQFE
ZPVESBXZPVSDPODMVTJPO
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 167/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
159
Comprehension:
Conclusion Map
Detail
"TZPVSFBE4FWFO4QPPMTPG5ISFBE GJMMJOUIF$PODMVTJPO.BQ,FFQ
JONJOEDIBSBDUFSSFMBUJPOTIJQTBOEUIFTFRVFODFPGUIFQMPUTNBJO
FWFOUTBOEUIFJSJOGMVFODFPOGVUVSFFWFOUTBTZPVSFBE
)PXEPFTUIFJOGPSNBUJPOZPVXSPUFJOUIJT$PODMVTJPO.BQIFMQZPV
CFUUFSVOEFSTUBOEUIFDIBSBDUFSTBOEUIFJSSFMBUJPOTIJQTJO4FWFO4QPPMTPG
5ISFBE
onclusion
Detail
Detail
onclusion
Detail
Detail
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 168/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
160
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
The old man could give the diamond to only one son.
11 Which one should it be? He loved them all equally. Finally22 he came up with a solution.
28 The next morning, the old man called his three sons
38 beore him.
40 “My sons, I have a problem,” he told them. “I love all
52 three o you, but I can give my most precious possession
63 to only one o you. Thereore, I will give my diamond to
75 the son that best meets my challenge.”
82 “The one o you who proves to be a true hero will get
95 the diamond,” said the old man.
101 “That is air,” said the three sons in unison.
110 “To decide who is the true hero, I will give you a task,”
123 said their ather. 126
Comprehension Check
1. What is the old man’s problem? Problem and Solution
2. How does the old man decide which son should get the diamond? Plot
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 169/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
161
Comprehension:
Sensory Language
Sensory language is the use o words to appeal to the
reader’s senses o sight, hearing, touch, taste, and smell. It
creates a detailed picture in the reader’s mind.
Read the passage. Then complete the items.
As Elise walked across the beach, she could eel the sot, warm grains
o sand on her eet and smell the salt in the air. She ound the perect spot
to set down her things. From her spot, she could listen to the tide washing
gently back and orth along the edge o the beach. Above her, seagulls cried
out their high-pitched call to one another. Their shadows darted across thesands below. Elise unolded her towel, sat down, and put on her sunscreen.
It smelled like coconuts, and it always reminded her o summer. Then she
unpacked a resh, red apple rom her bag and took her frst bite o the crisp,
tart ruit. Sweet, sticky juice ran down her chin. When Elise fnished, she ran
down to the water to wash o the juice. As she looked out across the water,
she spotted the great white sails o a ship. They swelled deeply, flled by the
wind that tore across the water.
1. Underline details that appeal to the sense o sight.
2. Circle details that appeal to the sense o hearing.
3. Draw a box around details that appeal to the sense o touch.
4. Cross out details that appeal to the sense o taste.
5. Draw dots under details that appeal to the sense o smell.
6. Which details rom the passage created the strongest picture in your mind?
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 170/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
162
Text Feature:
Rules
Rules are directions or guides that tell you how to behave in
certain situations. They are usually numbered. Lists o rules
also have titles that explain what the rules will be about.
Read the rules. Answer the questions below.
Saety Rules or Crossing the Street
1. Cross the street at a crosswalk.
2. Obey all trafc signals.
3. Stay on the sidewalk until it is time to cross.
4. Hold an adult’s hand when you cross the street.
5. Look let and right beore you cross.
1. What are these rules about?
2. How many rules are there or crossing the street?
3. What should you do frst when you cross the street?
4. Why are these rules important?
5. Now explain the rules to a riend.
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 171/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
163
Vocabulary Strategy:
Multiple-Meaning
Words
Some words have more than one meaning. Use context clues
in each sentence to help you igure out the meaning o the
underlined word. Write the meaning on the line.
1. We threw the stick to our dog Max.
2. My mom had to stick the thermometer into the turkey.
3. The group will meet at the corner o Main and State streets.
4. Mom and Dad had to corner the dog so he wouldn’t get out when I
opened the door.
5. Mrs. Johnson’s class sat in the row in ront o the stage.
6. The team needed to row the boat aster in order to get ahead.
7. She will raise the chair to get it over the desk.
8. Volunteers want to raise money to give to the charity.
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 172/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
164
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Make Inerences
Making inerences will help you understand what you read. Keep in
mind that you should support every inerence with details rom the text.Choose a text that you are reading this week, and answer the questions.
1. What inormation in the story is not given by the author?
2. What evidence rom the story can help you answer the question?
3. What inerence can you make to answer the question?
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
You may use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Seven Spools of ThreadGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 173/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
165
The plural o many nouns is ormed by adding -s to the base
word, as in pears. Nouns ending in x , ch, and sh orm the plural
by adding -es, as in wishes.
To orm the plural o most nouns that end in a consonant plus y ,
change the y to i and add -es, as in puppies.
A. Circle the plural orms o the nouns in the paragraphs.
1. The boys decided to pick berries. The berry bushes were ull o ruit. The
heavy branches hung to the ground. They picked fve buckets. Then theyall ate their lunches.
2. We have three libraries in our town. Adults and kids use them. They check
out books about other countries, about puppies, and even desert oxes.
B. Use the chart to sort the plural words rom above by their endings.
-s -es y to i + -es
Phonics/Word Study:
Plural Words
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 174/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
166
Phonics: Plural Words
with Spelling
Changes y to i
The plural o many nouns is ormed by adding -s to the root
word, as in car and cars. To orm the plural o most nouns that
end in a consonant plus y , change the y to an i and add -es
as in baby and babies. Knowing this rule will help you decode
plurals ormed by root words ending in a consonant plus y .
A. Write the plural orm o each word.
1. puppy – y + ies =
2. pony – y + ies =
3. baby – y + ies =
4. lady – y + ies =
5. party – y + ies =
6. supply – y + ies =
B. Circle the word that ends in a consonant plus y in eachsentence. Then write its plural orm on the line.
7. Jess looked up a word in the dictionary.
plural:
8. The city lights sparkled.
plural:
9. The blueberry pie looks delicious.
plural:
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 175/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
167
Phonics: Plural Words
with Spelling
Changes y to i
The plural o many nouns is ormed by adding -s to the root
word, as in cars. To orm the plural o most nouns that end in
a consonant plus y , change the y to an i and add -es. Knowing
this rule will help you decode plurals ormed by root words
ending in a consonant plus y .
A. Write the root word o each plural below by removing ies and
adding y .
1. trophies – ies + y =
2. injuries – ies + y =
3. amilies – ies + y =
4. cherries – ies + y =
5. countries – ies + y =
6. armies – ies + y =
B. Circle the plural noun that ends in ies in each sentence. Then
write its root word on the line.
7. Gabe ound three pennies on the ground.
base word:
8. Sue likes to eat berries straight rom the bush.
base word:
9. The United States is bordered by two countries, Canada and Mexico.
base word:
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 176/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
168
Phonics: Plural Words
with Spelling
Changes y to i
To orm the plural o most nouns that end in a consonant
plus y , change the y to an i and add -es. Nouns that end in a
vowel plus y are ormed by adding an s with no other spelling
changes. Knowing this rule will help you decode plurals ormed
by root words ending in y .
A. Look at the underlined ending in each word below. I it is a
vowel plus y , write the plural by adding -s. I it is a consonant
plus y , write the plural by changing y to i and adding -es.
1. body 2. country
plural: plural:
3. turkey 4. boy
plural: plural:
5. erry 6. essay
plural: plural:
B. Write the correct plural orm o each root word in the
sentences below.
7. root word: toy
Please pick up the in your room beore you go out.
8. root word: baby
The twin were taking a nap.9. root word: copy
We made 20 o the poster to hang up at school.
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 177/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
169
Phonics: Plural Words
with Spelling
Changes y to i
To orm the plural o most nouns that end in a consonant
plus y , change the y to an i and add -es. Nouns that end in a
vowel plus y are ormed by adding an s with no other spelling
changes. Knowing this rule will help you decode plurals ormed
by root words ending in y .
A. Write the plural or each word below. Decide whether to add -s
or change y to i and add -es.
1. cherry 2. toy
3. supply 4. turkey
5. bunny 6. pony
7. strawberry 8. boy
B. Complete each sentence by illing in the blanks with plural
words rom above.
9. I packed my backpack with pencils, paper, and otheror school.
10. There were many animals at the arm. We saw ,
, and .
11. The store sold and games or girls and
.
12. and are my avorite kinds o ruit.
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 178/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4170
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 179/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
171
Vocabulary
A. Use what you know about the other words in the sentences to
choose a vocabulary word rom the box that makes sense in
each blank.
01. My amily makes or Thanksgiving dinner.
02. We or our parents to take us to see the
new movie.
03. My aunt gives us hugs and kisses to show her .
04. The player elt ater exercising all day.
05. The store gives customers a that all their
products work.
06. The o the sun woke me up.
B. Put the vocabulary words rom the box above in alphabetical order.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
brilliance aection pleaded
preparations guarantee exhausted
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 180/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
172
Comprehension:
Theme
Read the passage. Answer the questions that ollow.
Jack was having a bad day. First, he ell on the way to school and ripped
his jeans. Next, he orgot to bring in his book report. Then he had to go to
the dentist ater school. When Jack got home, a message was waiting or
him. The message was rom the school soccer coach, inviting Jack to play
on the team. Playing on the team was Jack’s dream. For the irst time that
day, Jack had a big smile on his ace. Then he realized that his horrible day
had turned around. It was a good day ater all!
1. What are the important details in this story? Paraphrase the details on
the lines below.
2. What was the theme o this story? Paraphrase the theme on the lines
below.
A theme is the message or overall idea that the author wants to
tell readers. The theme may be stated or unstated. Search or
important details to help you ind the story’s theme. To paraphrase
the theme, restate the theme in your own words.
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 181/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
173
Comprehension:
Theme Map
"TZPVSFBE/BDIPBOE-PMJUBGJMMJOUIF5IFNF.BQ1BSBQISBTF
UIFTUPSZEFUBJMTBOEUIFUIFNFJOZPVSPXOXPSET
)PXEPFTUIFJOGPSNBUJPOZPVXSPUFJOUIJT5IFNF.BQIFMQZPV
VOEFSTUBOE/BDIPBOE-PMJUB
Detail
Detail
Detail
Theme
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 182/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
174
As I read, I will pay attention to expression.
A kangaroo rat lives o water in its own body. It also
12 saves water. It builds an underground home or burrow.21 When the rat breathes, it gives o some water droplets.
31 This water stays inside the burrow.
37 Pack rats store seeds and nuts in their burrows. The
47 seeds and nuts absorb water rom the air. This helps pack
58 rats get enough to drink. They chew on a cactus plant only
70 i they are suering rom thirst. Those cactus spines are
80 sharp.
81 Many birds live in the desert. There are owls, hawks,
91 and roadrunners. Desert birds get all their water rom the
101 bugs, lizards, and small animals they eat.
108 In the desert sun, water evaporates quickly. To keep
117 cool many desert animals hunt or ood at night. 126
Comprehension Check
1. How do pack rats get enough water? Main Idea and Details
2. How do birds get their water? Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Expression
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 183/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
175
Comprehension:
Character
Characters are the people or animals in a story. Characters in
a story aect one another with their words and actions. Oten,
characters have changed by the end o a story. Thinking about
these changes helps you understand the message o the story.
Read the story. Then answer the questions.
It was a hot aternoon at the public pool. Eric longed to go into the
water to cool o, but he couldn’t swim. He had never been in water deeper
than that in a bathtub. He was too rightened to get into the big pool. The
lieguard, Beth, saw Eric trembling at the edge o the pool.“There’s nothing to be araid o,” she said. “Just stay in the shallow end.
I’ll walk in with you.” Eric took his frst steps into the shallow end o the
pool. The water was so rereshing and cool! His ear melted away.
“It’s not scary at all!” he said to Beth. “Maybe I’ll even take swimming
lessons.”
1. What does Beth do to help Eric?
2. How do Eric’s eelings about the pool change? How do you know?
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 184/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
176
Consonance is the repetition o the same consonant sound at
the end o two or more words.
A metaphor is a statement that compares two dierent things
without using the words like and as.
A. Underline the words in each sentence that show consonance.
1. See you tonight. We’ll meet at eight.
2. That ower should never be near the oor.3. The bug and the dog were in a bag and needed a hug.
4. We walked around the owerbed covered in mud.
5. Susan will fll the pail with a pile o rocks.
6. Dad was mad when the lid ell.
B. Read each sentence. Tell what two things are being comparedin each metaphor.
7. My riend Denise is a walking dictionary.
8. My ashlight is my shining star.
Literary Elements:
Consonance and
Metaphor
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 185/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
177
Vocabulary Strategy:
Synonyms
Synonyms are words that have similar meanings. You can
igure out the meaning o unknown words by looking or a
amiliar synonym in a thesaurus.
Find the word rom the box that is a synonym or the bold ace
word in each sentence. Then use that synonym in a sentence.
1. You shouldn’t conceal your talents.
Synonym:
2. I’m trying to memorize my lines, but I keep eeling drowsy.
Synonym:
3. What portion o the event would you like to work on?
Synonym:
4. The coach says today’s team meeting is meaningul.
Synonym:
sleepy important hide part
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 186/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
178
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Make Inerences
Making inerences will help you understand what you read. Keep in
mind that you should support every inerence with details and evidencerom the text. Choose a text that you are reading this week, and
complete the chart.
Clues Inference
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell, the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
You may use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Nacho and Lolita • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 187/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
179
Phonics/Word Study:
Variant Vowels au , aw
alt , alk , all , ough
The /ô/ sound can be spelled au, aw , alt , alk , all , and ough.
The sound is ound in words such as Paul , saw , salt , walk , tall ,and cough.
A. Underline the letters that stand or the /ô/ sound in each o
these words.
1. a u t h o r 6. y a w n e d 11. a u t u m n
2. a l l e n 7. b r o u g h t 12. b o u g h t
3. c o u g h 8. a u c t i o n 13. l a w n
4. b o a r d w a l k 9. s t a l k 14. s a l t
5. s t a l l 10. v a u l t 15. c h a l k
B. Now sort the words by spelling pattern.
au aw alk
ough all alt
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 188/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
180
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 189/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
181
Vocabulary
A. Read the story. Then ill in the blanks with the correct
vocabulary words rom the box.
utilize awareness pollution emphasize
On the irst morning o their vacation, Kate and her dad took a
walk. Kate was excited to ind new shells and pieces o beach glass.
Instead, they ound all kinds o trash. They were shocked to see the
all over their special beach. Kate’s dad wanted
to raise people’s about this problem. He decided
to the support o the Parks and Recreation
Department. He also asked Kate to make posters that explained the
problem. He encouraged Kate to that through
teamwork, the community could clean up the trash.
B. Using the clues in the story, write the deinitions o these
vocabulary words. Check your deinitions with a dictionary.
1. utilize
2. awareness
3. pollution
4. emphasize
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 190/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
182
Comprehension:
Problem and Solution
Read the passage and answer the questions.
When Dan got his dog rom the animal shelter, he learned that the shelter
might have to close. The shelter needed more money or supplies and more
volunteers. Dan organized a pet drive to get donations. Then Dan started ananimal club at school. The club members raised money and agreed to volunteer
at the shelter. Dan helped solve an important problem. The shelter stayed open.
1. What are two details on the passage that tell the problem?
2. What was the frst step Dan took to solve the problem?
3. What was the second step?
4. What was the solution to the problem?
A problem in a story is what needs to be worked out, or ixed.
The solution tells how to ix the problem. Finding the problems
and the solutions in a text can help you understand what
the text is about. A problem and its solution are presented in
logical order.
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 191/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
183
Comprehension:
Problem and Solution
Chart
As you read A Solution to Pollution, ill in the Problem and
Solution Chart. Pay attention to how details and acts are
organized as you read and how they support the main idea.
How does the inormation you wrote in the Problem and Solution
Chart help you understand the relationships among the ideas in A
Solution to Pollution?
Problem
Solution
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 192/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
184
As I read, I will pay attention to my pronunciation and phrasing.
Our Earth has beautiul caves that people can explore.
9 Sometimes explorers wear harnesses and hard hats and17 climb walls inside the caves.
23 Cave explorers may see unusual rock shapes. A stalactite
32 is a orm o rock that hangs rom the roo or sides o the
46 cave. A stalagmite orms on the bottom o the cave.
56 These big clumps o rock sprout and build up slowly
66 over years. They are made o limestone and water.
75 Other people like to climb rocks. Beginners use ropes
84 and put their hands and eet in holes drilled or their use.
96 Experts make their own routes up the rocks. They’ve
105 learned to climb without looking down. This, they say,
114 helps to keep them sae.
119 Other people enjoy nature by hiking in mountains,
127 deserts, or the deep, quiet woods. 133
Comprehension Check
1. Compare and contrast stalactites and stalagmites. Compare and Contrast
2. What tip do expert rock climbers use? Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Pronunciation and
Phrasing
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 193/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
185
Comprehension:
Text Features
Text eatures can help you better understand important
inormation in a text. They include boldace type, headings,
key words, and italics. Use text eatures to locate inormation
in a text. You can also use text eatures to make and veriy
predictions about a text.
A. Read only the text eatures o the passage. Then answer the
question below.
1. What do you predict this passage will be about?
B. Now read the passage. Then answer the questions.
The Life of the Moth
The Egg and the Caterillar
The moth begins its lie as a small, round egg. A caterillar is the moth
larva that hatches rom the egg. It spends its lie eating and growing. As it
grows, the caterpillar grows too big or its skin. It molts, or sheds its skin.
The Pua and the MothWhen the caterpillar has inished growing, it spins a shell called a cocoon
and becomes a ua. A pupa grows into an adult moth. When the pupa is
ready, it breaks ree rom the cocoon. It spreads its wings and lies away.
2. Under which heading would you fnd inormation about the pupa?
3. Why is it helpul to have the key words in boldace type?
4. Read your answer to item 1. Was your prediction correct? Explain.
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 194/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
186
Study Skill:
Media Center
You can use a media center to search or inormation you can
read and then use to organize your research plan.
• Search engine: a computer program system that looks or
inormation on the Internet using key words
• Key words: important words that identiy a subject
• URLs: Web addresses or where you want to go on the Internet
A. Choose the URL in the box that would likely have inormation
about each topic below.
http://www.armersmarket.un
http://www.healthysummers.un
1. Kinds o programs kids can participate in during the summer months
URL:
2. Where to buy ruits and vegetables rom local growers
URL:
B. Answer the questions about key words and search engines.
3. What key words would you type in a search engine to learn about
protecting the rain orests in South America?
4. What key words would you type in a search engine to learn about
preventing air pollution?
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 195/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
187
Vocabulary Strategy:
Suffixes -ful , -ly, -les
Suixes are word parts that can be added to the end o words.
Adding a suix to a root word changes the meaning o the root
word.
The suix -ful means “ull o.” The suix -ly means “in a certain
manner or way; like.” The suix -less means “without.”
Read each question below. Add the suix -ful , -ly , or -less to
word in the box that best answers the question. Write the new
word on the line ater the question. Then write the meaning o
the new word.
1. How does a broken arm eel?
2. How does a deer move?
3. How does a turtle move?
4. How do you eel when you can’t sleep?
5. How do ans at a game cheer?
6. How do you eel when you receive a git?
rest loud slow pain wind swit thank
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 196/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
188
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Make Inerences
Making inerences will help you understand what you read. Keep in
mind that you should support every inerence with details and evidencerom the text. Choose a text that you are reading this week, and
complete the web.
Inference
Clue
Clue
Clue
Clue
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell, the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
You may use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
A Solution to PollutionGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 197/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
189
Homophones are words that sound the same but are spelled
dierently and have dierent meanings.
For example, road, rode, and rowed are homophones.
Underline the homophones in each o these sentences. Then use
one o the homophones to write a new sentence.
1. I looked at the time and knew that the new movie would begin late.
2. I need to know where we are going so I can decide what to wear.
3. I pretended that I was on the high sea and could see other parts
o the world.
4. Have you seen the scene in the movie where the kids win the
soccer game?
Phonics/Word Study:
Homophones
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 198/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
190
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 199/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
191
Vocabulary
A. Read the story. Pay attention to the words in each sentence.
Then ind the vocabulary word rom the box that makes the
most sense in each blank.
cross alarmed unortunately managed pretend anxious
Last month, my amily got a new puppy. One day, the puppy dug
a hole under the gate. When I went outside to play with him, I was
to ind that he was gone! I looked around the
ront yard, but he was nowhere to be seen. I
was eeling . My dad said, “Don’t worry. We’ll
ind him!” My dad the search party. He sent
my mom and sister toward the park to search. He sent my brother and his
riend into the woods behind our house. He and I headed over toward the
creek. I tried to that I wasn’t scared, but I was.
I thought we’d never see him again! Finally, we spotted him playing in a
pile o leaves. He ran up to us when he heard us calling his name. He was
so happy to see us that I couldn’t be with him. Ithink he learned his lesson. He hasn’t dug a hole since!
B. Using the clues in the story, write the deinitions o these
vocabulary words. Use a dictionary to check your deinitions.
1. unortunately
2. pretend
3. cross
4. alarmed
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 200/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
192
Comprehension:
Problem and Solution
The problem in a story is what a character wants to do, needs to ind
out, or wants to change. The way the problem is solved is called the
solution. The event or action that causes a problem leads to uture
events, and the problem’s solution.
Read the passage and each question. Underline the answer in
the passage and then write the answer.
Mrs. Ortiz had to be at work early in the morning. But beore she let
home she had to walk the dog, make school lunches or Benita and Carlos,
and prepare snacks or them to eat. It was too much or her to do!One day, she asked Benita and Carlos to join her or a talk. Mrs. Ortiz
told them that she had too many things to do. She asked them to think o
ways to help her. Benita oered to get up a little earlier so she could walk
the dog. Carlos oered to make snacks beore he went o to play. Working
together, Benita and Carlos helped Mrs. Ortiz solve her problem.
1. Summarize the story’s problem.
2. What is the frst step Mrs. Ortiz takes to solve her problem?
3. What did Benita do to help solve the problem?
4. What did Carlos do to help solve the problem?
5. How does Mrs. Ortiz’s problem get solved?
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 201/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
193
Comprehension:
Problem and Solution
Chart
As you read Ramona and Her Father , ill in the Problem and
Solution Chart. Pay attention to the sequence o events.
How does the inormation you wrote in the chart help you better
understand the plot’s main events in Ramona and Her Father ?
Problem
Solution
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 202/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
194
As I read, I will pay attention to intonation.
One man who came to the United States as a boy helped
12 to save Yosemite’s natural wonders or you to enjoy. His22 name was John Muir.
26 John Muir was born in a small town in Scotland in
37 1838. His amily moved to the United States when he was
47 11. They moved to what is now Wisconsin and set up a
58 arm there. They were pioneers.
63 Muir went to school in a small schoolhouse. He liked
73 being a schoolboy. The rest o the time he worked on the
85 arm. He was busy rom sunup until sundown. But Muir
95 yearned or more. He knew he didn’t want to tend the arm
107 all his lie. Muir liked to read, and he read oten. He also
120 liked to invent things. He made a special thermometer.
129 And he made something he called his “early-rising
137 machine.” 138
Comprehension Check
1. What interests did John Muir have? Main Idea and Details
2. What does the word pioneer mean? Context Clues
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Intonation
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 203/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
195
Comprehension:
Media and
Communication
Media comes in many dierent orms, such as TV, radio,
newspapers, Web sites, and magazines. The purpose o media
is to communicate inormation to large numbers o people.
Media can use many dierent orms o communication. For
example, radio uses spoken words, and magazines use written
words and pictures.
Read the newspaper story. Then answer the questions.
Lost Puy Found at Softball Gae!
The search or Alex the lost puppy is over! Ten-year-old Jessica Carter
saw the puppy while she was playing in a sotball game. “I was standing in
let feld when I saw a little black puppy. He was snifng the garbage can
beside the bleachers,” remembers Jessica.
Jessica called or a time out and ran over to the puppy. When she checked
his tags, she realized that the puppy was Alex. Jessica’s coach called Alex’s
owners right away. They were very happy to have their puppy back.
1. How is the inormation presented in this newspaper story?
2. Suppose that the same story were covered in a TV news broadcast. How
would the inormation be communicated on TV?
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 204/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
196
Literary Element:
Speaker and Imagery
Read the ree verse poem. Then answer the questions that ollow.
Saturday Morning
Our weekdays and nights are busy.Mom, Dad, and kids rushing everywhere.
We have
Soccer practice.
Ballet lessons.
Piano practice, too.
Friday night, things begin to slow.
Pop, pop, pop!Goes the popcorn.
We snuggle up under a warm blanket,
All our o us together on the couch.
We watch a movie.
We go to sleep.
Ahhhhhhhh!
We sleep in on Saturday morning.
1. What is one example o imagery in the poem?
.
2. Who is the speaker in this poem? How do you know?
.
A ree verse poem does not ollow set rules about rhyme or
rhythm. The speaker may be in irst person or third person. A
irst person speaker tells the poem rom his or her point o view
and uses the words I, my , and we. A third person speaker uses
the words he, she, and they . A ree verse poem uses imagery,
or words that create a picture in the reader’s mind.
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 205/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
197
Vocabulary Strategy:
Prefixes
5IFQSFGJYFTSFVO NJTBOE QSFBSFXPSEQBSUTUIBUDBOCF
BEEFEUPUIFCFHJOOJOHPGBSPPUXPSE8IFOBQSFGJYJTBEEFE
UPBSPPUXPSEJUDIBOHFTUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFSPPUXPSE5IF
QSFGJYSFNFBOTiBHBJOuPSiCBDLu QSFNFBOTiCFGPSFuVO
NFBOiOPUPSPQQPTJUFuBOE NJTNFBOTiXSPOHu
SFBQQFBS SFBQQFBS NJTSFBE NJTSFBE
VOVTVBM VOVTVBM QSF QBZ QSFQBZ
"3FBEUIFXPSEXJUIUIFQSFGJY8SJUFUIFNFBOJOHPOUIFMJOF
QSFWJFX VODMFBS
NJTUSVTU SFQMBZ
#3FBEFBDITFOUFODF8SJUFUIFXPSEXJUIBQSFGJYUIBUNFBOT
UIFTBNFBTUIFXPSETJOQBSFOUIFTFT
*XJMMQBZCBDL UIFNPOFZ*PXF
0VSDMBTTJTOPUTVSF XIFSFUPHP
*BMXBZTTQFMMUIFXSPOHXBZ UIBUXPSE
8FXJMMCVJMEBHBJO PVSQMBZIPVTF
5IFOPUIBQQZ DIJMEDSJFEBOEDSJFE
.PNXJMMIFBUCFGPSF UIFPWFO
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 206/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
198
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Make Inerences
Making inerences will help you understand what you read. You should
support every inerence with details and evidence rom the text. Choosea text that you are reading this week. List details and an inerence that
you made.
Detail/Evidence
Detail/Evidence
Detail/Evidence
Inerence
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
You may use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Ramona and Her FatherGrade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 207/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
199
The letters c and g usually stand or a sot sound when they
are ollowed by the vowel letters e, i , or y . Read the ollowing
words. Notice the sot c or sot g sound in each.
gentle engine cell city
A. Underline the word in each sentence that has a sot c or g
spelling. Then circle the sot c and g in each word.
1. The lie cycle o a buttery begins with an egg.
2. We want to see an iceberg oating in the arctic waters.
3. The hot, dry desert is a danger to a hiker who is not prepared.
4. Many giant trees grow in the rain orest.
5. Some people build a ence to protect the owers and trees in
their yard.
B. Circle the words in each group that have a sot c or sot g sound.
6. central, nice, cute, cherry
7. gem, get, germ, garden
8. ghost, guess, stage, gesture
9. circle, can’t, celery, cactus
10. guppy, girae, gerbil, goldfsh
Phonics:
Soft c and g
,
,
,
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 208/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4200
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 209/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
201
A. Read the story. Then ill in each blank with the vocabulary
word rom the box that makes the most sense.
communicate responsible specialist research essential decisions
My class is divided into teams. Although each team is working on a
dierent project, we all are working the same way. First, we decide who
will be or getting the project done on time.
Since none o us is a in our subject, we all
need to learn more. So we start by doing .
We by speaking to one another or by e-mail
to share what we ind out. We igure out i there is additional
inormation that is or us to know. Then we
make about the next step to take. Working with a
team is an interesting way to share ideas and learn about new subjects.
B. Using the clues in the story, write the deinitions o these
vocabulary words. Use a dictionary to check your deinitions.
1. specialist
2. decisions
3. essential
4. communicate
Vocabulary
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 210/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
202
Sequence is the order in which the events happen. Signal
words such as first, next, then, last, finally, after, and before
help you identiy a sequence o events.
Read the passage. Think about the sequence o events. Answer the
questions.
Tyler and Grace got up early Saturday morning. First, Mom reminded
them to start their chores. Next, Grace washed the dishes and swept the
loor. Then Tyler raked the leaves and took out the trash. Mom and Dad
were very proud. Ater Tyler and Grace inished their chores, Mom wantedto give them a treat. Finally, they all went out or a bike ride.
1. What happened frst?
2. What did Grace do next? Then what did Tyler do?
3. What did Mom want to do ater Tyler and Grace fnished their chores?
4. What fnally happened?
Comprehension:
Sequence
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 211/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
203
As you read Out of This World! The Ellen Ochoa Story , summarize
events to ill in the Sequence Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote on the Sequence Chart help you
better understand the main events in Out of This World!, The Ellen
Ochoa Story ?
Comprehension:
Sequence Chart
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 212/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
204
As I read, I will pay attention to my pronunciation and phrasing.
Around the time the Pilgrims were landing in the New
10 World, the Russians were building the irst roller coaster.19 They built huge wooden slides. Then they poured water
28 on them. In the cold winter, the water turned to ice. Large
40 sleds would race down these icy slides.
47 More than 100 years later, Empress Catherine the
54 Great o Russia asked workmen to build her a special slide.
65 She wanted one that could be used in the summer. In 1784,
76 they built one that could be ridden on by a cart on wheels.
89 Many people think this was the irst real roller coaster.
99 An artist painted Empress Catherine’s slide. People
106 said that the artist’s work was it or a queen.
116 The irst American roller coaster was built in the
125 mountains o Pennsylvania. It was called the Mauch Chunk
134 Switchback Railway. 136
Comprehension Check
1. Compare and contrast the frst roller coaster in Russia with the
roller coaster built or Empress Catherine the Great. Compare
and Contrast
2. List one detail about Empress Catherine’s slide. Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Pronunciation and
Phrasing
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 213/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
205
Comprehension:
Theme of a Myth
A myth is a story that explains how something came to be. Its
theme is its central idea or message about lie. To igure out
the theme, look or supporting details about what the characters
do and say. To paraphrase the theme o a myth, look or the
supporting details and retell the theme in your own words.
Read the passage. Then answer the questions.
Arachne was a young girl who was a very good weaver. Her work was
so lovely that people came rom miles away to see the beautiul pictures she
wove into her cloth. But Arachne was too proud. She boasted that she was abetter weaver than the goddess Athena, who was also a skilled weaver. This
angered Athena, so Athena visited Arachne. She warned the young girl that
she should not be so boastul. Arachne did not listen. She challenged Athena
to a weaving competition.
Arachne and Athena wove all day and night. When they had fnished, it
was clear that Arachne’s cloth was better than Athena’s. Arachne won the
challenge. However, Athena was urious. She turned Arachne into a spider to
punish her or her pride. This is how spiders came to be.
1. What is the theme o this myth?
2. Underline the supporting details that help tell you the theme.
3. Paraphrase the theme and supporting details o the myth.
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 214/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
206
Read the poem. Underline the words or phrases that create
imagery. Then answer the questions.
The sun smiles at the lowers every morning.
When we walk outside, the grass waves across the park.
Then the sun goes down and the moon laughs with the stars.
The stars make the sky blink until the sun wakes up.
1. What words help you create a picture o the sun?
2. What words help you create a picture o the moon?
3. What words help you create a picture o the stars?
Imagery is the use o words to create a detailed picture in the
reader’s mind.
Literary Element:
Imagery
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 215/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
207
A. Read each sentence. Rewrite each sentence. Replace the
boldace word with its synonym rom the box.
1. The doctor was a oot specialist.
2. A coat and hat are essential in the cold weather.
3. We make decisions about what we eat every day.
B. Circle the synonym or the underlined word in the sentences
below.
4. The giant tree stood thirty eet tall.
a. huge b. tiny c. brown
5. The neighbors were annoyed by the dog’s barking.
a. excited b. scared c. bothered
Synonyms are words that have similar meanings. You can look
up the word in a thesaurus and ind a amiliar synonym. You
can use synonyms to ind the meaning o an unamiliar word.
Vocabulary Strategy:
Synonyms
necessary choices expert
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 216/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
208
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand texts you read. Look in the text or acts
and details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to supportyour answer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these questions
are right there in the text.
Why? How? The answers to these questions
aren’t in the text. You use text acts
and details to igure out the answer.
What was the author’spurpose? Did the
author do a good job?
You look at text details and makea decision about how answer this
question.
Write three kinds o questions about the text. Find and use acts and
details rom the text to answer them. Write your answers on another
paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell, the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
You may use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Out of This World! • Grade 3/Unit 4
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 217/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
209
A. Read each compound word. Write the two smaller words. Then
use the meaning o the smaller words to write the deinition o
the compound word.
Compound Word Two Words Defnition
bookcase 1.
tablecloth 2.
aternoon 3.
beekeeper 4.
bareoot 5.
A compound word is a large word made up o two smaller
words. You can use the meaning o the smaller words to help
you ind the meaning o the compound word.
Phonics/Word Study:
Compound Words
B. Write sentences or two o the compound words above.
6.
7.
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 218/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word StudyName
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5210
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 219/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
211
A. Choose a vocabulary word rom the box to complete the
sentences below correctly. Write the word on the line.
1. Peter Penguin’s ather instead o walks to keep
Peter’s egg rom breaking.
2. When Peter Penguin is born, he is covered in a sot
coat.
3. He stays with his ather to keep warm while the
winds blow.
4. It and whistles as it blows.
5. While penguin mothers look or ood, the athers gather together in a
to stay warm.
6. When the penguins are old enough, they play while
the adults look or ood.
B. Choose any our vocabulary words, and write a sentence or each
on the lines below.
7.
8.
9.
10.
down echoes ierce huddle junior shules
Vocabulary
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 220/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
212
Comprehension:
Main Idea and Details
The main idea is the most important point that an author wants
readers to understand. Authors do not always state the main idea.
Details are acts that explain the main idea. Look at the details.
See what they have in common to igure out the main idea.
Read the paragraph. Write three supporting details or the main
idea below. Then answer the question.
A seal pup weighs about 55 pounds (25 kilograms) at birth. In just ten
days, the pup doubles its weight. At seven weeks, it doubles its weight
again. How does this happen? Like all mammals, the pup drinks milk
rom its mother’s body. But seal milk is special. More than hal o it is at.
This helps the baby grow quickly.
Details:
1.
2.
3.
4. What do these details have in common?
Main Idea: Seal pups grow very quickly.
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 221/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
213
Comprehension:
Main Idea and Details
Chart
How does the inormation you wrote in your Main Idea and Details Chart help
you summarize Penguin Chick ?
As you read Penguin Chick , ill in the Main Idea and Details Chart.
Detail
Detail
Detail
Main Idea
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 222/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
214
Fluency:
Pacing
As I read, I will pay attention to pacing.
A seal pup weighs about 55 pounds (25 kilograms)
7 at birth. In just ten days, the pup doubles its weight. At19 seven weeks, it doubles its weight again. How does this
29 happen? Like all mammals, the pup drinks milk rom
38 its mother’s body. But seal milk is special. More than
48 hal o it is at. This helps the baby grow quickly.
59 Ater two weeks, the mother gives her pup a
68 swimming lesson in the cold Arctic waters. The pup
77 shules to the water’s edge. The mother pushes her
86 young one into the water. Soon the pup is swimming. 96
Comprehension Check
1. How much would a seal pup weigh ater ten days? Draw Conclusions
2. How does a seal pup learn to swim? Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 223/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
215
Comprehension:
Main Idea and Details
The main idea is what a text is mostly about. Sentences in
each paragraph include supporting acts and details to tell
more about the main idea.
Read the passage. Then complete the items.
Texas is home to a special bird—the el owl. One thing that makes this
owl so special is its size. It grows to only about 6 inches long. It is one o the
smallest owls in the world. Like other owls, the el owl hunts at night and eats
insects, mice, lizards, and other small birds. Another interesting thing about
the el owl is how it protects itsel. When the el owl thinks it is in danger, ithides under its wing or “plays dead” until the danger is gone. Unlike many
other birds that make their own nests, the el owl preers to live in homes
made by other birds. You will oten fnd the el owl nesting in the old home
o a woodpecker in a cactus stalk, tree limb, or wooden pole or post.
1. What is the main idea o this passage?
2. Write three details that support this main idea.
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 224/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
216
Literary Element:
Imagery
A. Read the poem. Then complete the chart.
Penguins
The penguin is a unny clown
Dressed up in black and white.
He slips and slides on glassy ice
And chatters with delight
Then zips and darts through deep blue sea
To catch a tasty bite.
Imagery Describing the
Penguin’s Appearance
Imagery Describing the
Penguin’s Movement
Imagery
Describing Nature
B. You have ive senses. To which o your senses does the poem
appeal?
Imagery is the use o words to create a picture in the reader’s
mind. Imagery can also appeal to the senses.
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 225/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
217
Homographs are words that have dierent
meanings but the same spelling. The meaning
o a homograph depends on how it is used.
For example, the word down can mean two
dierent things.
The leaves on the tree began to all down.
When baby birds hatch, they are covered
with sot down.
A. Underline the context clues or the boldace homograph in
each sentence. Write its meaning.
1. Hold the snail in the palm o your hand.
2. We turned on the an because it was hot.
3. Palm trees grow in Caliornia and Florida.
4. A an likes to go to all the games.
B. Choose one homograph. Write sentences or each meaning.
5.
6.
Vocabulary Strategy:
Homographs
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 226/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
218
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Summarize
Summarizing the most important ideas and details in the text will help
you understand what you read. When you summarize, keep the meaningo the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Choose a text
that you are reading this week, and complete the chart.
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Summary
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
Use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Penguin Chick • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 227/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
219
5IFJOGMFDUJPOBMFOEJOHTTFTPSFE DBOCFBEEFEUPUIF
FOEPGBWFSCUPTIPXXIFOBOBDUJPOIBQQFOT
*GUIFMFUUFSCFGPSFUIF Z JTBDPOTPOBOUDIBOHFUIFZ UPJ BOE
BEEFTPSFE /PUJDFIPXUIFXPSEXPSSZ DIBOHFTUPXPSSJFT
BOEXPSSJFE8IFOBXPSEFOETJOBWPXFMBOEZ UIFTQFMMJOH
EPFTOPUDIBOHFBTJO QMBZ QMBZT QMBZFE
"3FBEFBDITFOUFODF6OEFSMJOFUIFWFSCJOXIJDIBOFOEJOH
XBTBEEFE
5IFCPZTIVSSJFEUPDBUDIUIFCVT
"OBTUVEJFEIBSEGPSUIFUFTU
8BMUDPQJFTPMEQIPUPHSBQIT
.BSMBTHSBOENPUIFSEJTQMBZTIFSUFBDVQTPOBTIFMG
*IBWFUPXBJUVOUJMNZTIJSUESJFT
&WFSZNPSOJOH3BTIBESVOTUPUIFCVTTUPQ
#4PSUUIFWFSCTZPVVOEFSMJOFEBCPWFPOUIFDIBSU
JFE JFT T
Phonics/Word Study:
Inflectional Endings
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 228/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
220
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
5IFJOGMFDUJPOBMFOEJOHTTFTBOEFE DBOCFBEEFEUPUIF
FOEPGBWFSCUPTIPXXIFOBOBDUJPOUBLFTQMBDF*OWFSCTUIBU
FOEJOBDPOTPOBOUQMVT Z DIBOHFUIFZ UPBOJ BOEBEEFTPS
FE 'PSFYBNQMFXPSSZ XPSSJFTXPSSJFE,OPXJOHUIJTSVMF
XJMMIFMQZPVEFDPEFNVMUJTZMMBCJDXPSETGPSNFECZSPPUXPSET
FOEJOHJODPOTPOBOUQMVT Z
"$IBOHFUIFZ UPJ BOEBEEUIFJOGMFDUJPOBMFOEJOHUPFBDIXPSE
TVQQMZFE
JEFOUJGZFT
NBSSZFE
BQQMZFT
TUVEZFT
EFOZFE
#$JSDMFUIFXPSEUIBUFOETJOFTPSFE JOFBDITFOUFODF5IFO
XSJUFJUTSPPUXPSEPOUIFMJOF
)BWFZPVTUVEJFEGPSUIFTQFMMJOHUFTU
SPPUXPSE
)FOSZIVSSJFTIPNFFWFSZOJHIUUPTUVEZ
SPPUXPSE
Animal Homes Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 229/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
221
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
The inlectional endings -es and -ed can be added to the
end o a verb to show when an action happens. In verbs that
end in a consonant plus y , change the y to an i and add -es or
-ed . Knowing this rule will help you decode multisyllabic words
ormed by root words ending in consonant plus y .
A. Write the root word o each word below.
1. hurried
2. carries
3. replied
4. ried
5. multiplies
6. denies
7. tries
B. Choose a word rom above to complete each sentence below.
8. My little brother eating the last cookie.
9. Leah so that she wouldn’t miss the bus.
10. Each time Linda to ride a bike, she gets a little better.
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 230/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
222
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
The inlectional endings -es and -ed can be added to the
end o a verb to show when an action happens. In verbs that
end in a consonant plus y , change the y to an i and add -es or
-ed . When verbs end in a vowel plus y , add -s or -ed with no
spelling changes. Knowing these rules will help you decode
multisyllabic words ormed by root words ending in y .
A. Circle the correct inlectional ending or each root word, and write
the new word on the line. Look at the underlined letters to help
your decide whether you will need to change the y to an i .
1. rally -s -ies
2. hurry -ed -ied
3. worry -ed -ied
4. obey -s -ies
5. delay -ed -ied
6. carry -ed -ied
B. Use the words you made above to complete the sentences below.
7. Stormy weather the start o the game. Fortunately,
the ans umbrellas with them to the stadium.
8. The coach the team on the soccer feld. Each player
the coach’s instructions.
9. All through the game, Jerod about his lost dog. Ater
the game, he home to look or his pet.
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 231/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
223
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
The inlectional endings -es and -ed can be added to the
end o a verb to show when an action takes place. In verbs that
end in a consonant plus y , change the y to an i and add -es or
-ed . Knowing this rule will help you decode multisyllabic words
ormed by root words ending in consonant plus y .
Read each clue. Then choose one o the words below and use
it to complete the crossword puzzle ater changing the y to an i
and adding -es or -ed . The irst one is done or you.
marry supply deny study
identiy carry multiply
1. perorms a math unction 5. moves something while holding it
2. prepares or a test 6. became husband and wie
3. gave a name to something 7. rejected the truth o something
4. provided
pt im lu l i e s
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 232/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
224
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 233/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
225
Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word rom the box.
Some words will be used more than once.
1. Animals are like because they build their
own homes.
2. Termites build tall .
3. Some study animal homes or ideas about solving
problems with buildings.
4. The tortoise digs a hole to keep cool.
5. A polar bear, however, needs a very dierent type o
.
6. I you come across a spider’s web, be careul because it may
an insect.
7. A turtle into its shell when it senses danger.
8. A hermit crab fnds in an empty shell.
architects shallow structures
contain retreats shelter
Vocabulary
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 234/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
226
Expository noniction has inormation about a topic and oten
uses the description text structure. With this description, the
author classiies the acts and details to identiy characteristics
or qualities related to the topic. Signal words that point out
details that support the main idea or the description text
structure include for example and such as.
Read the passage below. Summarize it by writing the topic, the
main idea, and any supporting details on the lines.
Trees are important habitats or gray squirrels. For example, the young
are raised in holes in the trees while the older squirrels usually nest in piles
o leaves near the trees. The trees provide many sources o ood or the
gray squirrels such as acorns, hickory nuts, insects, lower buds, bark, and
roots. Trees are very important to the gray squirrel.
Topic:
Main Idea:
Detail:
Detail:
Detail:
Comprehension:
Description
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 235/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
227
As you read Animal Homes, ill in the Description Web.
Topic
Main Idea
Detail
How does the inormation you wrote in this Description Web help you
summarize Animal Homes?
Detail
Comprehension:
Description Web
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 236/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
228
As I read, I will pay attention to pacing and phrasing.
Many dierent kinds o animals build their own
8 homes. Their homes are structures that shelter them16 rom the cold and the rain. They are also places where
27 they can retreat rom danger. Beavers build lodges, bees
36 build hives, and birds build incredible nests where they
45 hatch their eggs and raise their babies.
52 Have you ever seen a bird’s nest? Some are made o
63 twigs and are round and shallow. Others are made o
73 grass and are long and deep. Still others are made rom
84 mud and look like small cups. There are even birds that
95 use their own saliva, or spit, when they build a nest.
106 Many birds’ nests contain eathers and hair. This makes the
116 nest a sot place or their babies, or chicks, to sleep. Birds
128 are some o the most amazing architects in the animal
138 world! 139
Comprehension Check
1. Compare and contrast dierent birds’ nests. Compare and Contrast
2. What does the word saliva mean? Context Clues
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Pacing and Phrasing
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 237/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
229
Comprehension:
Follow Directions
Directions tell you how to do something. Sometimes directions
include numbered steps to tell the sequence, or order, in
which things should be done. When ollowing directions, it is
very important to complete the steps rom irst to last. A list o
materials oten comes beore the steps in the directions.
A. Read the directions. Then answer the questions that ollow.
How to Grow a Sweet Potato Plant
Materials: glass jar, water, sweet potato, pot, toothpicks, soil
DirectionsStep 1: Stick three or our toothpicks into a sweet potato. Place the toothpicks sothat they will rest on the rim o the glass jar. The toothpicks should hold the sweetpotato a ew inches rom the bottom o the jar.Step 2: Fill the jar with enough water to cover only the bottom o the sweet potato.Step 3: Set the jar holding the sweet potato in a sunny place, such as a windowsill.Step 4: Check the jar every day and add water to cover the bottom o the potato.Step 5: Within two to three weeks, the sweet potato should sprout healthy rootsand leaves. Remove the sweet potato rom the jar.
Step 6: Plant the sweet potato in a pot with soil. Be sure to cover the sweet potatowith soil, but leave the leaves exposed.Step 7: You now have a sweet potato plant! Continue to water the plant and watchit grow!
1. What should you do beore you set the sweet potato in the jar?
2. When can you plant the sweet potato in a pot o dirt?
B. Now explain aloud to a classmate how to grow a sweet potato plant.
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 238/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
230
Text Feature:
Directions
A. The directions or making a dragon puppet are written below,
but they are out o order. Next to each step, write a number
rom 1 to 6 to show the correct order.
Materials: colored paper, scissors, crayons
or markers, glue, and two straws
Cut out the head and tail, and glue one to each end o the body.
Finally, glue the straws onto the backs o the tail and body.
First, old a piece o paper in hal the long way. Cut along the
olded line.
Draw a head and a tail on another sheet o paper.
Then old each piece o paper like an accordion.
Glue the two olded pieces together to make a long body.
B. Now that you have igured out how to make a dragon puppet,
write the steps you would take to make an animal costume or
a costume party.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Directions help you do something by ollowing steps in a
process. The steps are usually numbered so that you can easily
ollow each step rom irst to last.
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 239/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
231
Vocabulary Strategy:
Homophones
"$JSDMFUIFDPSSFDUXPSEUPDPNQMFUFFBDITFOUFODF
"OJNBMTCVJMENBOZEJGGFSFOULJOETPGIPNFTUPNFFUUIFJSUIFSFOFFET
5IFOFFEGPSTIFMUFSJTPOFPGUIFNBJONBOFSFBTPOTBOJNBMT
CVJMEIPNFT
4IFMUFSJTLOPUOPUUIFPOMZSFBTPOBOJNBMTCVJMEIPNFT
"OJNBMTCVJMEIPNFTUPIBWFBTBGFQMBDFBOEUPLFFQXBSNUPPUP
*UUBLFTBXIPMFIPMFMPUPGUJNFUPCVJMEBCFBWFSTIPNF
"OJNBMTVTFNBUFSJBMTUIFZàOEJOUIFBSFBUPPUPCVJMEUIFJSIPNFT
"CJSENBZVTFIBJSGSPNBIPSTFTNBJONBOFUPCVJMEJUTOFTU
"XIPMFIPMFJOUIFHSPVOEDBOCFBIPNFGPSTPNFBOJNBMT
4PNFCJSETNBLFBLOPUOPUPVUPGHSBTTBOEVTFJUUPCVJMEUIFJSIPNF
"OJNBMTXJUIIPNFTVOEFSHSPVOEVTVBMMZTQFOEUIFXJOUFSUIFJSUIFSF
#8SJUFUIFDPSSFDUIPNPQIPOFOFYUUPFBDIXPSECFMPX
UPP TVO EFBS XFJHI CFF TFMMT UP
DFMMT CF
XBZ UXP
TPO EFFSEFFS
)PNPQIPOFTBSFXPSETUIBUTPVOEUIFTBNFCVUIBWF
EJGGFSFOUNFBOJOHTBOEEJGGFSFOUTQFMMJOHT3FBEFSTDBOVTF
DPOUFYUDMVFTUPIFMQUIFNGJHVSFPVUBIPNPQIPOFTNFBOJOH
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 240/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
232
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Summarize
Summarizing the most important ideas and details in the text will help
you understand what you read. When you summarize, keep the meaningo the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Choose a text
that you are reading this week, and complete the activity.
1. Record important events or ideas rom the text.
2. Use your notes to summarize the text.
B. Independent Reading LogChoose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
Use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Animal HomesGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 241/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
233
Phonics:
Closed Syllables
A syllable is a word part with one vowel sound. Some
words have more than one syllable. When syllables end in
a consonant and have a short vowel sound, they are called
closed syllables.
Look or a vowel “closed in” by consonants to ind closed
syllables, as in sunset . Divide the syllables between the two
consonants to help you read the word.
A. Circle the words that have two closed syllables.
1. sudden agent 4. human upset
2. suspect ocus 5. ossil bonus
3. baby basket 6. basic plastic
B. Read each sentence. Underline the word with closed syllables.
Write it on the line then draw a line between the syllables.
7. Susie has a green basket.
8. The tunnel was dark and scary.
9. I have a cactus in my room.
10. Math is her best subject.
11. Tom is content to live in the city.
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 242/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
234
Phonics:
Closed Syllables
"TZMMBCMFJTBXPSEQBSUXJUIPOFWPXFMTPVOE"DMPTFE
TZMMBCMFDBOIBWFBDPOTPOBOUWPXFMDPOTPOBOU$7$QBUUFSO
*ONPTUDMPTFETZMMBCMFTUIFWPXFMIBTBTIPSUTPVOE"
XPSEXJUIUXPDPOTPOBOUTJOUIFNJEEMFJTVTVBMMZEJWJEFEJOUP
TZMMBCMFTCFUXFFOUIFDPOTPOBOUT
NBHOFUNBHrOFU SBCCJUSBCrCJU CVUUFSCVUrUFS
"%JWJEFUIFTFXPSETXJUIUXPDPOTPOBOUTJOUIFNJEEMFJOUP
TZMMBCMFT
CBTLFU r
DPOUFOU r
MFTTPO r
TVEEFO r
DPMMFDU r
DPNNPO r
#*OFBDITFOUFODFDJSDMFUIFXPSEXJUIUXPDPOTPOBOUT
JOUIFNJEEMF5IFOXSJUFUIFTZMMBCMFTPOUIFMJOFT
%BEESPWFUISPVHIUIFUVOOFMUPHFUUPUIFDJUZ
r
*TVTQFDUUIBUNZEBEBUFUIFMBTUQJFDFPGQJF
r
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 243/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
235
"TZMMBCMFJTBXPSEQBSUXJUIPOFWPXFMTPVOE"DMPTFE
TZMMBCMFDBOIBWFBDPOTPOBOUWPXFMDPOTPOBOU$7$QBUUFSO
*ONPTUDMPTFETZMMBCMFTUIFWPXFMIBTBTIPSUTPVOE"
XPSEXJUIUXPDPOTPOBOUTJOUIFNJEEMFJTVTVBMMZEJWJEFEJOUP
TZMMBCMFTCFUXFFOUIFDPOTPOBOUT
"$JSDMFUIFXPSEXJUIUXPDMPTFETZMMBCMFT5IFOXSJUFUIF
TZMMBCMFTPOUIFMJOFT
GBNPVT QFODJM r
SBWFO SBCCJU r
QMBTUJD QBQFS r
CBTLFU CSPLFO r
IBQQZ EFOUJTU r
#*OFBDITFOUFODFDJSDMFUIFXPSEXJUIUXPDMPTFETZMMBCMFT
5IFOXSJUFUIFTZMMBCMFTPOUIFMJOFT
.BSLQMBZTIJTUSVNQFUXJUIUIFCBOE
r
"MXBZTXFBSZPVSIFMNFUXIFOZPVSJEFZPVSCJLF
r
.BZ*VTFZPVSQFODJM
r
Phonics:
Closed Syllables
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 244/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
236
"TZMMBCMFJTBXPSEQBSUXJUIPOFWPXFMTPVOE"DMPTFE
TZMMBCMFFOETXJUIBDPOTPOBOU"DMPTFETZMMBCMFVTVBMMZIBT
BDPOTPOBOUWPXFMDPOTPOBOU$7$QBUUFSO"XPSEXJUI
UXPDPOTPOBOUTJOUIFNJEEMFJTVTVBMMZEJWJEFEJOUPTZMMBCMFT
CFUXFFOUIFUXPDPOTPOBOUT
"3FBEUIFXPSETCFMPX6OEFSMJOFUIFWPXFMDPOTPOBOU7$
DMPTFETZMMBCMFT$JSDMFUIFDPOTPOBOUWPXFMDPOTPOBOU$7$
DMPTFETZMMBCMFT
UFOOJT VQTFU
BENJU XBMOVU
#'JOEBOEDJSDMFTJYXPSETXJUIUXPDMPTFETZMMBCMFTJOUIF
QBSBHSBQICFMPX5IFOXSJUFUIFTZMMBCMFTGPSFBDIXPSEZPV
DJSDMFEPOUIFMJOFTCFMPX
My dad and I decided to have a picnic dinner. We packed a basket ull
o ood. We also put in plastic plates and paper napkins. Then we ate ourmeal while we watched the sunset.
r
r
r
r
r
r
Phonics:
Closed Syllables
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 245/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
237
A syllable is a word part with one vowel sound. A closed
syllable ends with a consonant. A closed syllable might have a
vowel-consonant (VC) pattern or a consonant-vowel-consonant
(CVC) pattern. A word with closed syllables is usually divided
into syllables between two consonants.
A. Circle the words that are divided into syllables correctly.
1. cont•est con•test 2. cac•tus cact•us
3. si•gnal sig•nal 4. ind•ex in•dex
5. all•en al•len 6. prob•lem pro•blem
B. Complete each sentence by circling the correctly divided word.
7. An ant is a kind o .
ins•ect in•sect
8. Stephen was when he lost the race.
up•set ups•et
9. Should we get a dog or a or a pet?
rabb•it rab•bit
10. All o a , it started to rain.
sud•den su•dden
Phonics:
Closed Syllables
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 246/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5238
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 247/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
239
Vocabulary
A. Read the story. Then ill in each blank with the correct
vocabulary word rom the box.
crucial adjust survive source unpredictable
Sometimes the weather can be . Weather
changes can cause problems or animals in the wild. The animals have
to to changes in temperature. I the weather gets
too cold, the animals need to ind ways to .
Some animals may huddle together. Staying close to each other provides a
o heat. It is or the
animals to ind shelter so they can be sae rom the cold. Since animals are
clever, they usually ind ways to adapt to any weather.
B. Use the context clues in the story to write the deinitionso the vocabulary words. Use a dictionary to check your
answers.
1. crucial
2. adjust
3. survive
4. source
5. unpredictable
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 248/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
240
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
• A cause is an event or an action that makes something
happen. An eect is something that happens because o an
event or an action. To ind an eect, ask what happened? To
ind a cause, ask why did it happen?
• To identiy cause and eect, look or signal words, such as
cause, effect , because, due to, since, if , and when.
Read this paragraph and answer the questions below.
Animals oten have to move because o changes in their habitat. When
trees are cut down, birds can lose their nesting places. They move to a newplace where there are more trees to nest in. In dry weather, ponds sometimes
dry up. Because some animals like rogs need water to survive, they move
to fnd a place with water. When people build more homes in an area, there
are ewer places where animals can fnd ood and water. This causes the
animals to move to places where they can get what they need to survive.
When animals move to a new area, they can cause problems or the plants
and animals that already live there.
1. Why do animals have to move?
2. What happens to birds when trees are cut down?
3. Why do rogs have to move?
4. What happens when people build more homes?
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 249/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
241
Comprehension:
Cause and Effect
Chart
As you read Call of the Wild , ill in the Cause and Eect Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote on the Cause and Eect Chart
help you better understand Call of the Wild?
Cause Effect
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 250/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
242
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
Winds scream. Rain pelts down. Buildings shudder.
7 Trees sway back and orth. Branches break and all to the18 ground. It’s a hurricane!
22 You’ve probably seen pictures or images o hurricanes
30 in a newspaper or on TV. What makes a storm a hurricane?
42 A hurricane is a storm with very strong winds and
52 heavy rain. It starts over warm waters in an ocean. The
63 storm might take the shape o a circle or an oval. It can be
77 up to 400 miles (640 km) wide.
82 How do people prepare or hurricanes? How do
90 “hurricane heroes” do their work? They do their jobs in
100 oices and shelters. They are important beore, during, and
109 ater a big storm. They help save lives.
117 How do people ind out i a bad storm is coming?
128 Air Force pilots called hurricane hunters ly into the
137 eye o the storm. 141
Comprehension Check
1. What is a hurricane? Main Idea and Details
2. Who are hurricane hunters? Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 251/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
243
Comprehension:
Text Features
You can use text eatures to locate and understand inormation
in a text. Text eatures include boldace type, headings, key
words, and italics. You can also use text eatures to make and
veriy predictions about a text.
A. Skim the text eatures below. Then answer the question.
1. What do you predict that this announcement will tell you?
B. Read the announcement. Then answer the questions that ollow.
AUDITIONS
Mr. Jeswick will hold auditions, or tryouts, or roles in the upcoming play
“One Smart Cookie.” Auditions will be fro 3 to 4 p.m. on Seteber
13, in the cafeteria. Understudies, or people who replace actors in an
emergency, will also be chosen.
Overview of the Play “One Smart Cookie” tells the story o girl namedMaria who bakes cookies and solves mysteries. When an old clock goes
missing, Maria cracks a ew eggs, stirs up a mess, and inds the thie.
Roles Maria, a third-grade student; Mr. Cohen, Maria’s neighbor; Evan,
Maria’s riend; Mr. Ito, the letter carrier; and Pepper, Maria’s dog.
2. Circle the heading under which you’d learn what the play is about.
3. Why is it helpul to use italics?
4. Read your answer to question 1. Was your prediction correct? Explain.
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 252/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
244
Study Skill:
Skim and Scan
Skim means to read over a passage quickly to identiy the
main ideas. Scan means to search through a passage or key
words or ideas. Skimming and scanning can help you locate
inormation when you do research.
Skim and scan the passage to help you answer the
ollowing questions.
Is Earth Too War?
The earth is warming quickly. This causes problems or all living things.Sea ice in the Arctic is melting about three weeks earlier than it did 30
years ago. This is not good or the people who live there. Their homes are
damaged by the melting ice. They also have ewer animals to hunt or ood.
Polar bears, seals, and other arctic animals are having problems, too. The
ice cap is getting smaller, so there is less room or them to live. Their ood
supply is disappearing, so they have to move to new places to ind ood.
1. What is the topic o the frst paragraph?
2. What key words do you see in the heading?
3. Draw a circle around the key words in the passage.
4. What is the topic o the second paragraph?
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 253/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
245
Vocabulary Strategy:
Synonyms
4ZOPOZNTBSFXPSETXJUIUIFTBNFPSTJNJMBSNFBOJOHT8SJUFST
PGUFOVTFTZOPOZNTBTDPOUFYUDMVFT"UIFTBVSVTDBOBMTPIFMQZPV
GJOETZOPOZNTGPSBOFXXPSE
"3FBEFBDIQBJSPGTFOUFODFT*EFOUJGZBTZOPOZNGPSUIFXPSE
JOEBSLUZQF8SJUFUIFTZOPOZNPOUIFMJOFQSPWJEFE
1MBOUTUISJWFXIFOUIFZHFUFOPVHIGPPEXBUFSBOETVOMJHIU8JUIUIF
SJHIUDPOEJUJPOTUIFQMBOUTXJMMHSPX
4ZOPOZN
0VSUPNBUPQMBOUTXJUIFSFEMBTUXFFLXIFOUIFSFXBTOPSBJO8FXFSF
TBEUPTFFIPXNVDIUIFZESPPQFECZUIFFOEPGUIFXFFL
4ZOPOZN
4PNFUJNFTDBUFSQJMMBSTDBOCFBOVJTBODFJOUIFHBSEFO*OGBDUNPTU
HBSEFOFSTUIJOLDBUFSQJMMBSTBSFQFTUT
4ZOPOZN
#6TFBUIFTBVSVTUPIFMQZPVGJOETZOPOZNTGPS adaptBOE
harvest8SJUFBTFOUFODFGPSFBDITZOPOZNUPTIPXJUT
NFBOJOH
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 254/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
246
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Summarize
Summarizing the most important ideas and details in the text will help
you understand what you read. When you summarize, keep the meaningo the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Choose a text
that you are reading this week, and complete the activity.
1. Record important events or ideas rom the text.
2. Use your notes to summarize the text.
B. Independent Reading LogChoose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
Use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Call of the Wild • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 255/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
247
When added to the end o a verb, the inlectional endings -s,
-es, -ed , and -ing show when action happens, as in: He calls
his sister often; He called yesterday ; He is calling right now .
I a word ends in a consonant and e, drop the e beore adding
-ed or -ing, as in decided, deciding. I a word ends in a vowel
and consonant, such as in rip, double the inal consonant
beore adding -ed or -ing: ripped, ripping.
A. Underline the word or words in each sentence with the
endings -s, -es, -ed , or -ing.
1. Dad is naming our new dog Spike.
2. My brother dropped a penny in the well.
3. I am wrapping a present or Mom.
4. My brother washes the dishes ater dinner.
5. The kitten pushes the toy across the loor.
6. Patty stomps in the puddle to make a splash.
7. The school bus moves slowly through the snow.
8. Rashid decided to walk home rom school.
B. Sort the underlined words above on the chart.
-s -es -ed -ing
Phonics/Word Study:
Inflectional Endings
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 256/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
248
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
&OEJOHTTVDIBTFE JOHBOEBCMFDIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPG
BSPPUXPSE
FE QBTUUFOTF JOHQSFTFOUUFOTF
BCMFBOBCJMJUZUPPSBDBQBCJMJUZUPEPTPNFUIJOH
4PNFSPPUXPSETIBWFTQFMMJOHDIBOHFTXIFOBOFOEJOHJT
BEEFE*GBXPSEFOETJOBDPOTPOBOUBOEFESPQUIFFCFGPSF
BEEJOHUIFFOEJOH*GBXPSEIBTUIF$7$QBUUFSOEPVCMFUIF
GJOBMDPOTPOBOUCFGPSFBEEJOHUIFFOEJOH
VTFVTFEVTJOHVTBCMF SJQSJQQFESJQQJOHSJQQBCMF
$IPPTFUIFSPPUXPSEGSPNUIFCPYUIBUNBLFTUIFNPTUTFOTFJO
FBDITFOUFODF"EEUIFFOEJOHJOQBSFOUIFTFTUPUIBUSPPUXPSE
8BUDIGPSTQFMMJOHDIBOHFT5IFOXSJUFUIFXPSEXJUIUIFFOEJOH
POUIFMJOF
TUPQ UBH TPMWF KPH CBLF
+FSFNZFE BSPVOEUIFQPOEZFTUFSEBZ
8FBSFJOH CSFBEUPFBUXJUITVQQFSUPOJHIU
5IFCJDZDMFTFE BUUIF SFE MJHIUUIFSFE MJHIUSFEMJHIU
1MFBTFDIPPTFàWFBCMF NBUIQSPCMFNTGPSZPVS
IPNFXPSLUPOJHIU
*NiJUuCFDBVTF.JBFE NF
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 257/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
249
"EEUIFFOEJOHTFE JOHBOEBCMFUPFBDISPPUXPSECFMPX
8BUDIGPSTQFMMJOHDIBOHFT5IFOXSJUFBTFOUFODFJODMVEJOHPOF
PGUIFGPSNTPGUIFXPSE
TJQ
NJY
MJWF
XBML
JHOPSF
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
&OEJOHTTVDIBTFE JOHBOEBCMFDIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPG
BSPPUXPSE
FE QBTUUFOTF JOHQSFTFOUUFOTF
BCMFBOBCJMJUZUPPSBDBQBCJMJUZUPEPTPNFUIJOH
4PNFSPPUXPSETIBWFTQFMMJOHDIBOHFTXIFOBOFOEJOHJT
BEEFE*GBXPSEFOETJOBDPOTPOBOUBOEFESPQUIFFCFGPSF
BEEJOHUIFFOEJOH*GBXPSEIBTUIF$7$QBUUFSOEPVCMFUIF
GJOBMDPOTPOBOUCFGPSFBEEJOHUIFFOEJOH
VTFVTFEVTJOHVTBCMF SJQSJQQFESJQQJOHSJQQBCMF
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 258/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
250
&OEJOHTTVDIBTFE JOHBOEBCMFDIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPG
BSPPUXPSE
FE QBTUUFOTF JOHQSFTFOUUFOTF
BCMFBOBCJMJUZUPPSBDBQBCJMJUZUPEPTPNFUIJOH
4PNFSPPUXPSETIBWFTQFMMJOHDIBOHFTXIFOBOFOEJOHJT
BEEFE*GBXPSEFOETJOBDPOTPOBOUBOEFESPQUIFFCFGPSF
BEEJOHUIFFOEJOH*GBXPSEIBTUIF$7$QBUUFSOEPVCMFUIF
GJOBMDPOTPOBOUCFGPSFBEEJOHUIFFOEJOH
VTFVTFEVTJOHVTBCMF SJQSJQQFESJQQJOHSJQQBCMF
"$JSDMFUIFXPSETUPXIJDIUIFFOEJOHTFE JOHBOEBCMF
IBWFCFFOBEEFEDPSSFDUMZ5IFODPSSFDUUIFTQFMMJOHPGUIF
PUIFSXPSETBOEXSJUFUIFNPOUIFMJOFT
TDBSFTDBSFJOH XBWFXBWFE
OBQOBQQJOH KPLFKPLJOH
USBQUSBQQFE MPWFMPWBCMF
TLJQTLJQBCMF IVHIVHFE
#$PNQMFUFFBDITFOUFODFCZXSJUJOHUIFDPSSFDUGPSNPGUIFXPSE
POUIFMJOF
8FHPUBOFXQVQQZZFTUFSEBZBOEXFOBNF
IJN.BY
.BYTUBSUTXBH IJTUBJMXIFOFWFSIFNFFUTTPNFPOFOFX
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 259/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
251
"8SJUFUIFSPPUXPSEPGFBDIPGUIFXPSETCFMPX
TOFF[JOH SIZNFE
NBQQFE MJLBCMF
TXJNNJOH DMBQQFE
TLBUFE ESVNNJOH
HSJOOJOH CBLFE
#$IPPTFBXPSEGSPNUIFMJTUBCPWFUPDPSSFDUMZDPNQMFUFFBDI
TFOUFODF
"GUFSUIFQMBZXBTPWFSUIFBVEJFODF
*MPWF JOUIFMBLFEVSJOHTVNNFSWBDBUJPO
%BEJTBMMFSHJDUPDBUT8IFOFWFSIFTBSPVOEUIFNIFDBOUTUPQ
Phonics:
Inflectional Endings
with Spelling Changes
&OEJOHTTVDIBTFE JOHBOEBCMFDIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPGB
SPPUXPSE
FE QBTUUFOTF JOHQSFTFOUUFOTF
BCMFBOBCJMJUZUPPSBDBQBCJMJUZUPEPTPNFUIJOH
4PNFSPPUXPSETIBWFTQFMMJOHDIBOHFTXIFOBOFOEJOHJT
BEEFE*GBXPSEFOETJOBDPOTPOBOUBOEFESPQUIFFCFGPSF
BEEJOHUIFFOEJOH*GBXPSEIBTUIF$7$QBUUFSOEPVCMFUIF
GJOBMDPOTPOBOUCFGPSFBEEJOHUIFFOEJOH
VTFVTFEVTJOHVTBCMF SJQSJQQFESJQQJOHSJQQBCMF
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 260/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5252
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 261/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
253
Fill in each blank with the vocabulary word rom the box that
makes the most sense. Some words may be used more than once.
Whenever you read a between two animals, you
know that you are reading a antasy. My riend wrote a story about
a peacock that would not stop about his beautiul
tail eathers. The peacock’s bragging was suddenly
by a noisy bluebird. The bird complained that last night’s storm had blown
his nest out o the tree. Now he had to ind twigs and grasses to
the nest. The peacock the
opportunity to spread his eathers and sway back and orth with his head
held high. He kept about how grand he looked. The
bluebird just lew away.
Then a squirrel by and sat in ront o the
peacock. “Watch me. I bet you can’t do this,” he said, as he juggled ive
acorns high in the air. The peacock said, “What a show-o you are!
Stop your !”
Vocabulary
boasting conversation interrupted
seized rebuild scrambled
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 262/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
254
Mike Drake worked as the night custodian at Riverside School. Each
night, he went rom classroom to classroom, mopping and cleaning. Mike
liked to take his late-night snack break when he got to Room 4. While he
ate his snack, he taught Artie, the Room 4 parakeet, to talk. He gave Artie
a lesson almost every night.
“Yoo-hoo, Artie.” Mike seized the cover o the parakeet’s cage and
pulled it o. “It is your good buddy, Mike. How is my pretty bird?”
Mike always interrupted Artie’s sleep. Artie was never prepared or this
nightly wake-up call. He blinked and looked around.
“Artie, are you ready or your vocabulary lesson?” asked Mike.
“Okay,” said Artie. He hopped onto his swing and began to sway.
“Who is that pretty bird?” said Mike. “What is that pretty bird’s name?”
“R-T,” said Artie. The swing squeaked as it moved back and orth.
1. How does Mike eel about Artie, the parrot? How do you know?
2. Why does Mike eat his late-night snack in Room 4? How do you know?
To draw conclusions, readers can use story clues to come to a new
understanding o a character in the story.
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 263/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
255
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
Chart
As you read Wilbur’s Boast , ill in the Draw Conclusions Chart.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Draw Conclusions Chart
help you understand plot development in Wilbur’s Boast ?
Detail
Detail
Detail
Conclusion
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 264/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
256
Fluency:
Pacing and Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to pacing and phrasing.
Mike Drake worked as the night custodian at Riverside School.
10 Each night, he went rom classroom to classroom, mopping and20 cleaning. Mike liked to take his late-night snack break when he got
32 to Room 4. While he ate his snack, he taught Artie, the Room 4
44 parakeet, to talk. He gave Artie a lesson almost every night.
55 “Yoo-hoo, Artie.” Mike seized the cover o the parakeet’s cage
65 and pulled it o. “It is your good buddy, Mike. How is my pretty
79 bird?”
80 Mike always interrupted Artie’s sleep. Artie was never prepared
89 or this nightly wake-up call. He blinked and looked around.
99 “Artie, are you ready or your vocabulary lesson?” asked Mike.
109 “Okay,” said Artie. He hopped onto his swing and began to sway.
121 “Who is that pretty bird?” said Mike. “What is that pretty bird’s
133 name?”
134 “R-T,” said Artie. The swing squeaked as it went back and
145 orth. 146
Comprehension Check
1. Why does Mike Drake like to take his snack break in Room 4? Plot
2. What does the word seized mean? Context Clues
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 265/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
257
Comprehension:
Theme of a Fable
A able is a story that teaches a lesson and oten has animal
characters that talk and act like people. Its theme is its central
idea or lesson about lie. To igure out the theme o a able, look
or supporting details about what the characters do and say. To
paraphrase the theme o a able, look or the supporting details
and retell the theme in your own words.
Read the able. Then answer the questions.
Once there was a dog who was carrying a bone. As he walked across a
bridge, the dog saw his own reection in the river below. He thought thathe was seeing another dog with a bone in its mouth. The other dog’s bone
looked bigger and tastier. Wanting the other dog’s bone as well, the dog
began to bark at the reection below and dropped his own bone in the water.
Then the dog realized that he had been a ool, barking at his own reection.
Having lost his bone or good, the dog walked sadly and hungrily home. He
had learned the hard lesson that by being greedy, one risks losing what one
already has.
1. Circle the stated theme, or lesson about lie, in the able.
2. Underline two details rom the tale that support the theme.
3. Paraphrase the theme and supporting details o the able.
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 266/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
258
Literary Element:
Personification and
Moral
Personiication is when an animal or thing is given human
characteristics. It creates a picture or graphic visual experience
or the reader. Examples:
a talking tree a smiling sun
a rog that swings on a trapeze a cow that sings
Fables are stories that teach a lesson and oten have animal
characters that talk and act like people.
A moral is a lesson that a able teaches. The reader can apply
a moral to his or her own personal experiences.
Read the able below. Then answer the questions.
One day an ant was drinking rom the river. He ell in and was carried
along by the stream. A dove saw the ant and threw a twig into the water.
The ant crawled onto the twig and made it saely to the bank o the river.
“Thank you,” said the ant. “You saved my lie.” Soon ater, the ant spotted
a hunter who was aiming his rile toward the dove. The ant crawled ontothe hunter’s oot and bit him hard. The hunter dropped his rile. The dove’s
lie was saved.
1. How does the author use personifcation in the able?
2. What is the moral o this story?
3. What words in the story create a picture or the reader?
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 267/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
259
Vocabulary Strategy:
Prefixes
re -, un -, dis -, pre -
The preixes re-, un-, dis-, and pre-, are word parts that can
be added to the beginning o base words to orm new words
with new meanings. The preix re- means “to do again,” pre-
means “beore,” and dis- and un- mean “not or opposite.”
re + appear = reappear means “to appear again”
un + even = uneven means “not even”
dis + order = disorder means “not in order”
pre + cut = precut means “to cut beore”
Underline the word in each sentence that contains a preix. Thendeine the word on the line provided.
1. I need to preheat the oven beore I start baking.
2. It would be good or my owner to train me so I do not disobey him.
3. I will need to retrain my owner.
4. I know that my kind owner would never be unhappy enough to sell me.
5. I love to go with my owner when he drives to the recycling center with
used cans and bottles.
6. I hope that she will uncover my dish beore she puts it on the oor.
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 268/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
260
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Summarize
Summarizing the most important ideas and details in the text will help
you understand what you read. When you summarize, keep the meaningo the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Choose a text
that you are reading this week, and complete the chart.
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Important Event/Idea from the Text
Summary
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.
Use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Wilbur’s Boast • Grade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 269/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
261
A syllable that ends in a consonant is called a closed syllable.
The vowel in a closed syllable usually has a short vowel sound.
Examples: sug / gest ex / pert
Every syllable in a word has only one vowel sound. When a
syllable ends in a vowel, it has the consonant-vowel pattern. It
is called an open syllable and usually has a long vowel sound.
Examples: ba / by e / male
Divide each underlined word into syllables by drawing a line
between the syllables. Then write whether the irst syllable in
each word is an open or a closed syllable.
1. Tigers have traits that help them survive.
2. Many interesting animals live in the Southwest region o the United
States.
3. Some o the animals can be lazy.
4. At night, some o the mammals hunt rodents or ood.
5. Very large spiders live in the Southwest.
6. Some reptiles that live in the Southwest are poisonous.
7. Some o the desert animals protect themselves in ways that are
dangerous to humans.
Phonics:
Open Syllables
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 270/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
262
Phonics:
Open Syllables
Every syllable in a word has only one vowel sound. When a
syllable ends in a consonant-vowel (CV) pattern, it is called an
open syllable. It usually has a long vowel sound, as in ba•by.
A. Draw a line to divide each word into syllables. Then circle the
open syllable in each word.
1. fnal 2. siren
3. emale 4. robot
5. avor 6. music
7. ever 8. human
B. Choose a word rom the list above that best completes each
sentence.
9. What o juice do you think tastes best?
10. We could hear the fre truck’s loud coming down thestreet.
11. I love dancing to the beat o the .
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 271/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
263
Circle the open syllable in each word. Write the syllables on the
lines. Then use the word in a sentence.
1. spider
2. open
3. writer
4. pilot
5. table
Phonics:
Open Syllables
Every syllable in a word has only one vowel sound. When a
syllable ends in a consonant-vowel (CV) pattern, it is called an
open syllable. It usually has a long vowel sound, as in ba•by.
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 272/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
264
A. Circle the words that are divided into syllables correctly.
1. crea•te cre•ate 2. be•have beha•ve
3. sil•ent si•lent 4. e•ven ev•en
5. ov•er o•ver 6. pre•pare prep•are
7. pot•a•to po•ta•to 8. be•lieve bel•ieve
B. Complete each sentence by circling the correctly divided word.
9. I like to eat a .
to•mat•o to•ma•to
10. You must be in the library.
qui•et qu•iet
11. The ew the airplane.
pil•ot pi•lot
12. Thank you or holding the door .
op•en o•pen
Phonics:
Open Syllables
Every syllable in a word has only one vowel sound. When a
syllable ends in a consonant-vowel (CV) pattern, it is called an
open syllable. It usually has a long vowel sound, as in ba•by.
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 273/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
265
Phonics:
Open Syllables
Every syllable in a word has only one vowel sound. When a
syllable ends in a consonant-vowel (CV) pattern, it is called an
open syllable. It usually has a long vowel sound, as in ba•by.
A. Draw a line to divide each word into syllables. Then circle the
open syllable in each word.
1. robots
2. program
3. amous
4. basic
5. acorn
B. Choose a word rom above that best completes each sentence.
6. We saw a singer at the state air.
7. Ms. Clancy’s class will be on a television about
schools.
8. It is easy to make a picture rame i you ollow these fve
steps.
9. Factories sometimes use to do jobs that people
can’t do.
10. The squirrel was eating an .
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 274/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
266
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 275/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
267
A. Read the story. Then ill in the blanks with the correct
vocabulary words rom the box.
related to emales identical sight odor venom
Animals may seem to be alike in many ways, but they are not
. Males and o a
species look similar, but most emales are smaller. Animals that are
one another, such as dogs and wolves, are
also alike in some ways. How animals are alike is not always clear
at irst . One way they’re alike is that they
all have ways to protect themselves. Some animals spray a horrible
to keep their enemies away. Others bite enemies
and passes into the enemy’s body.
B. Use the context clues in the story to write the deinitions o the
vocabulary words. Use a dictionary to check your deinitions.
1. identical
2. odor
3. venom
4. sight
5. emales
6. related to
Vocabulary
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 276/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
268
When you compare and contrast two things, you show how
they are alike and how they are dierent. When comparing two
things, look or signal words, such as like, just as, similar,
both, also, and too. When contrasting two things, look or
signal words, such as different, but, and on the other hand .
Comprehension:
Compare and Contrast
Read this paragraph and answer the questions below.
The desert is home to many dierent kinds o animals. Each o the
animals has special traits that help it survive in its habitat. Reptiles,
such as desert tortoises, snakes, and lizards all live in the desertSouthwest. These are all cold-blooded animals, but they need
dierent kinds o ood to survive. The desert tortoise eats plants, while
the snakes and lizards eat other animals. Both roadrunners and white-
nosed coatis are desert animals with long tails that help them survive.
The roadrunner’s tail helps it balance when it runs. On the other hand,
the coati’s tail helps it balance in the trees it climbs.
1. In what way are all the desert animals alike?
2. In what way are desert tortoises, snakes, and lizards alike?
3. In what way are desert tortoises, snakes, and lizards dierent?
4. How are roadrunners and white-nosed coatis alike?
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 277/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
269
Comprehension:
Venn Diagram
A s y o u r e a d U n i q u e A n i m a l s
o f t h e S o u t h w e s t , f i l l i n t h e V e n n d i a g r a m .
H o w d
o e s t h e i n f o r m a t i o n y o u
w r o t e i n t h e V e n n d i a g r a m h e l p y o u
b e t t e r
u n d e r s t a n d U n i q u e A n i m
a l s o f t h e S o u t h w e s t ?
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 278/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
270
As I read, I will pay attention to intonation.
During the time o the American colonies very ew people
10 could vote. You had to be a rich white man who owned land.23 Back then, leaders elt that voting was too important to be
34 let to just anyone. These men elected others who were very
45 much like themselves.
48 This system continued on even ater the United States became
58 a ree nation.
61 In the 1820s, some states began changing the rules. Voters
70 did not have to own property anymore—but they still had to
82 be white males.85 By the 1840s all white men were automatically allowed to
94 vote. But women couldn’t vote. Neither could Arican American
103 people.
104 In 1863, slavery ended. In 1870, the Fiteenth Amendment to
112 the Constitution gave Arican American men the right to vote.
122 This was an important historical event. But not all Southern
132 states wanted to share power with Arican Americans. So some states
143 set up ways to keep Arican Americans rom voting. 152
Comprehension Check
1. Who can vote now? Main Idea and Details
2. What historical event allowed Arican American men the right to vote?
Main Idea and Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Intonation
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 279/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
271
Comprehension:
Draw Conclusions
Read the passage. Then answer the questions.
Stargazing may sound easy, but it takes more than looking up at the night
sky. Three things aect a stargazer’s ability to see stars: the phase o the
moon, the stargazer’s location, and weather conditions. Light rom a ull
moon makes stars difcult to see. City lights have the same eect. Clouds
can hide stars at night. Strong winds can make stars look blurry and make
them appear to twinkle.
1. What eect do city lights have on a stargazer’s ability to see stars? What
inormation in the passage helps you draw this conclusion?
2. When is the best time to view stars? What inormation in the passage
helps you draw this conclusion?
3. Where is the best location to view stars? Support your conclusion with
evidence rom the text.
When you draw conclusions you use what you already know
and what you read to make decisions.
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 280/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
272
To make a prediction, you can use oreshadowing.
Foreshadowing are hints and details writers use to tell about
events that may happen later in a story. For clues, look at the title
and story details.
Why Bear Has No Tail
At a time long ago, Bear had a ine-looking, long, glossy tail. He
thought it was the most amazing tail any animal could have. The animals,
including Fox, who was very tricky, thought Bear was very vain, but they
didn’t want to anger him. So they all agreed that his big, black, shiny tail
was the most beautiul they’d ever seen.
2. What do you think may happen next?
3. Circle the story details that oreshadow what may happen.
One rosty winter’s day, Bear went trudging down to the stream. Fox was
sitting on the ice, surrounded by ish. Fox knew that Bear was hungry. He
told Bear to put his beautiul tail in the water to catch a ish. A huge ishsaw Bear’s tail and bit it o. That’s how Bear lost his tail.
4. Were your predictions correct? Explain.
Literary Element:
Foreshadowing
A. Read the story title. Then answer the question.
1. What do you predict this story will be about?
B. Answer the questions as you read the rest o the story.
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 281/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
273
A. Use the two dictionary entries to answer the questions below.
com•mon (kom´әn) adjective 1. Happening oten; amiliar;usual: Snow is common here inthe winter. 2. Belonging equallyto all; shared by all alike: It iscommon knowledge that theearth is round. 3. Ordinary;
average: The dandelion is a
common weed.
con•use (kәn uz´) verb 1. To mix up: That street signconfuses drivers and causesthem to take a wrong turn. 2. To mistake or another; notsee the dierence between:
People are always confusingthe twins.
1. How many syllables are in common?
2. What is the pronunciation or confuse?
B. Write the correct meaning or the underlined word.
3. Brown eyes are common in my amily.
4. An animal can conuse its enemy by changing direction quickly.
Vocabulary Strategy
Dictionary
Use a dictionary to ind the meaning o unamiliar words.
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 282/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
274
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand texts you read. Look in the text or acts
and details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to supportyour answer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these
questions are right there in
the text.
Why? How? The answers to these
questions aren’t in the text.
You use text acts and detailsto igure out the answer.
What was the author’s
purpose? Did the author do a
good job?
You look at text details and
make a decision about how to
answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the text. Find and use acts and
details rom the text to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or
meaning o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order.Use your log to talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Unique Animals of the SouthwestGrade 3/Unit 5
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 283/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
275
Read each sentence. Underline a word in each sentence that
contains a preix. Then write the meaning o the new word.
1. When you unscramble the letters, ipxref , you get the word prefix .
2. I have to rewrite all o my notes.
3. We will preview a children’s flm about animals.
4. It is important to train dogs that disobey commands.
5. Learning about an animal’s behavior beore touching it is a good
precaution to take.
6. Finding a wild tiger is uncommon in the United States.
A preix is a word part that can be added to the beginning o a
root word to orm a new word with a dierent meaning.
Preix Meaning + Root Word New Word
dis- not or opposite dis + like dislike
pre- beore or ahead o time pre + school preschool
un- not or opposite un + lucky unlucky
re- again re + learn relearn
Phonics/Word Study:
Prefixes
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 284/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
276
Phonics: Prefixes
"EFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYJTBXPSEQBSUBEEFEUPBSPPUXPSEUIBU
DIBOHFTJUTNFBOJOH"QSFGJYJTBEFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYBEEFEUP
UIFCFHJOOJOHPGBXPSE5IFQSFGJYFTEJTBOEEFNFBOiOPUuPS
iPQQPTJUFPGu5IFQSFGJYEFBMTPNFBOTiSFNPWFuPSiUBLFBXBZu
"$JSDMFUIFQSFGJYJOUIFGPMMPXJOHXPSET5IFOXSJUFUIFSPPUPS
CBTFXPSEPOUIFMJOF
EJTMJLF EFGPSN
EFBDUJWBUF EJTBHSFF
EJTIPOFTU EJTDPOUJOVF
EFDPEF EFDPNQPTF
EFGFOE EJTBQQFBSFE
#$IPPTFBXPSEGSPNUIFMJTUBCPWFUPDPNQMFUFFBDI
TFOUFODF6TFUIFDMVFJOQBSFOUIFTFTUPIFMQZPV
*EPOPUMJLF XBMLJOHJOUIFSBJO
5IFEFUFDUJWFTOFFEFEUPUBLFBXBZUIFDPEF UIF
NFTTBHFCFGPSFUIFZDPVMETPMWFUIFNZTUFSZ
5IFNBHJDJBOTUSJDLNBEFJUMPPLBTUIPVHINZXBUDIPQQPTJUFPG
BQQFBSFE
*UTIBSEUPUSVTUOPUIPOFTU QFPQMFCFDBVTFUIFZEPOU
BMXBZTUFMMUIFUSVUI
5IFIPUTVODBVTFEUIFXBYTDVMQUVSFUPNFMUBOEPQQPTJUFPGGPSN
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 285/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
277
Phonics: Prefixes
"EFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYJTBXPSEQBSUBEEFEUPBCBTFPSSPPUXPSE
UIBUDIBOHFTJUTNFBOJOH"QSFGJYJTBEFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYBEEFEUP
UIFCFHJOOJOHPGBXPSE
1SFGJY .FBOJOH
EJTVO OPUPQQPTJUFPG
EF PQQPTJUFPGUBLFBXBZPSSFNPWF
QSF CFGPSFPSBIFBEPGUJNF
SF BHBJO
"$JSDMFUIFXPSETUIBUIBWFBQSFGJYNFBOJOHiOPUuiPQQPTJUF
PGuPSiUBLFBXBZu 6OEFSMJOF UIF XPSET UIBU IBWF B QSFGJYBXBZu 6OEFSMJOF UIF XPSET UIBU IBWF B QSFGJYu6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSETUIBUIBWFBQSFGJY
NFBOJOHiCFGPSFuPSiBIFBEPGUJNFu
EJTBQQFBS VO[JQ
QSFIFBU QSFDPPL
EJTPCFZ SFUSBDF
SFXPSL EFGSPTU
#-PPLBUUIFXPSETBCPWFUIBUZPVEJEOPUDJSDMFPSVOEFSMJOF
8IBUQSFGJYEPUIFZIBWF
8IBUEPFTJUNFBO
$'SPNUIFMJTUBCPWFDIPPTFBXPSEXJUIUIFQSFGJYEFPSEJT
UPDPNQMFUFUIFTFOUFODFT
8FXBUDIFEUIFTVO CFIJOEBDMPVE
:PVNVTU UIFGSP[FODIJDLFOCFGPSFJUDBOCFDPPLFE
.ZEPHTTPNFUJNFT NFBOECBSLBUQFPQMF
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 286/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
278
Phonics: Prefixes
$JSDMFUIFQSFGJYJOFBDIXPSE8SJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGFBDIXPSE
SFXBTI *IBEUPSFXBTINZDMPUIFTBGUFS*GFMMJOUIFNVE
SFXBTINFBOT
QSFWJFX 8FDBOXBUDIBQSFWJFXGPS UIFOFXNPWJFCFGPSFJUDPNFTUP
UIFBUFS
QSFWJFXNFBOT
VOXSBQ .ZNPNXJMMMFUNFVOXSBQNZCJSUIEBZHJGUBUUIFQBSUZ
VOXSBQNFBOT
VOIBQQZ #PCCZXBTVOIBQQZXIFOIFNJTTFEUIFCVTBOEXBTMBUFGPS
TDIPPM
VOIBQQZNFBOT
"EFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYJTBXPSEQBSUBEEFEUPBCBTFPSSPPUXPSE
UIBUDIBOHFTJUTNFBOJOH"QSFGJYJTBEFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYBEEFEUP
UIFCFHJOOJOHPGBXPSE
1SFGJY .FBOJOH
EJTVO OPUPQQPTJUFPG
EF PQQPTJUFPGUBLFBXBZPSSFNPWF
QSF CFGPSFPSBIFBEPGUJNF
SF BHBJO
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 287/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
279
Phonics: Prefixes
"$JSDMFUIFQSFGJYJOFBDIXPSE5IFOESBXBMJOFUPUIFXPSET
NFBOJOH
EFGSPTU B MPPLBUCFGPSFIBOE
VODPNGPSUBCMF CDPOOFDUBHBJO
SFDPOOFDU D PQQPTJUFPGPSEFS
QSFWJFX EOPUDPNGPSUBCMF
EJTPSEFS F UBLFBXBZGSPTUPSJDF
#6TFDPOUFYUDMVFTBOEXIBUZPVLOPXBCPVUUIFNFBOJOHPG
QSFGJYFTUPXSJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGFBDIVOEFSMJOFEXPSECFMPX
8FIBWFUPQSFIFBUUIFPWFOCFGPSFXFCBLFUIFDBLF
8FIBEUPEJTBTTFNCMFNZCJLFBOEUIFOQVUJUCBDLUPHFUIFSBHBJO
1MFBTFSFSFBEUIFEJSFDUJPOTJGZPVEPOUVOEFSTUBOEUIFNUIFàSTUUJNF
"EFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYJTBXPSEQBSUBEEFEUPBCBTFPSSPPUXPSE
UIBUDIBOHFTJUTNFBOJOH"QSFGJYJTBEFSJWBUJPOBMBGGJYBEEFEUP
UIFCFHJOOJOHPGBXPSE
1SFGJY .FBOJOH
EJTVO OPUPQQPTJUFPG
EF PQQPTJUFPGUBLFBXBZPSSFNPWF
QSF CFGPSFPSBIFBEPGUJNF
SF BHBJO
EFGSPTU B MPPLBUCFGPSFIBOE
VODPNGPSUBCMF CDPOOFDUBHBJO
SFDPOOFDU D PQQPTJUFPGPSEFS
QSFWJFX EOPUDPNGPSUBCMF
EJTPSEFS F UBLFBXBZGSPTUPSJDF
#6TFDPOUFYUDMVFTBOEXIBUZPVLOPXBCPVUUIFNFBOJOHPG
QSFGJYFTUPXSJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGFBDIVOEFSMJOFEXPSECFMPX
8FIBWFUPQSFIFBUUIFPWFOCFGPSFXFCBLFUIFDBLF
8FIBEUPEJTBTTFNCMFNZCJLFBOEUIFOQVUJUCBDLUPHFUIFSBHBJO
1MFBTFSFSFBEUIFEJSFDUJPOTJGZPVEPOUVOEFSTUBOEUIFNUIFàSTUUJNF
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 288/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word StudyName
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6280
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 289/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
281
A. Write the vocabulary word rom the box that completes
each sentence below. You will need to use some words
more than once.
gaze agreeable guests banquet untrusting curiosity
1. The visitors and at the hotel lined up or the
breakast .
2. Our server at dinner was pleasant and .
3. All the wedding clapped ater the bride and groom
cut their cake.
4. Peanut butter is an unusual in some countries, and
people are araid to try it.
5. Meat eaters are sometimes suspicious and o soy
burgers.
6. The tiger fxed its stare to at the herd o cattle as
i it were about to east at a .
B. Write synonyms or the ollowing words.
7. agreeable
8. curiosity
Vocabulary
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 290/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
282
Authors don’t give readers every detail in a story. To igure out
missing details, readers make inerences using clues in the
text. Readers make inerences about how characters treat each
other, their relationships, and how their relationships change.
Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
A Secial Dinner
Mom, Dad and Annie went out or dinner every December 18. This
year was special. Dad surprised Annie by saying, “We are taking you to
a new restaurant. It serves oods rom around the world.” Annie sighed.“I’m not sure. I like my old avorites.” Mom laughed. Annie rowned. She
looked orward to this dinner and didn’t want anything to go wrong.
When they arrived at the restaurant, Annie saw the sign said, “World’s
Best Pizza, Tacos, and Egg Rolls!” She hugged Dad and Mom. “This is
great!” she said.
1. How does Annie eel about trying new things? How can you tell?
2. How do Annie and her parents get along at the beginning o the story?
How can you tell?
3. How do the relationships in the story change?
Comprehension:
Make Inferences
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 291/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
283
Comprehension:
Inference Map
As you read Stone Soup, ill in the Inerence Map.
How does the inormation you wrote in this Inerence Map help you
understand plot development in Stone Soup?
Clue
Clue
Clue
Inference
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 292/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
284
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
“I’m eeling extremely woozy,” said the ox. He wiggled
9 around, trying to get comortable.14 “Maybe you ate too much,” said the bird.
22 The ox bubbled and burped and moaned and groaned.
31 HICK! The ox spit out a mouthul o seeds.
40 “Excuse me,” said the ox, “I have the hiccups.”
49 HICK! The ox spit out another mouthul o seeds.
58 The bird bucked and rocked with each hick. At last they
69 reached the mountaintop, and the bird skidded in or a
79 landing.
80 The ox climbed down rom the bird’s aching back. He
90 elt dizzy rom the bumpy trip.
96 “Thank -HICK! you!” said the ox, spitting seeds.
104 “I will -HICK! -see you soon.”
110 “Are you sure you will be all right?” asked the bird.
121 “I will be -HICK! -ine,” said the ox. 129
Comprehension Check
1. What happens when the ox hiccups? Plot Development
2. What do you think will happen to the seeds? Make Predictions
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Phrasing
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 293/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
285
Comprehension:
Character
The characters are the people or animals in a story. Their
interactions, or how they speak or act with one another,
aect the events in the story. Pay attention to the things that
characters say, do, and eel to identiy how they change
throughout the story.
Read the passage below. Then answer the questions that ollow.
Evan was sitting in school. He elt lonely because his best riend had
moved away. Evan thought he would never make another good riend. It
was time or his class to choose partners or their science project. Evan
noticed that Jacob didn’t have a partner. Jacob was a quiet boy. Evan had
never really talked to him beore. Evan asked Jacob to be his partner. Ater
school, Jacob invited Evan to his house to work on their science project.
The two boys got along well. Evan ound out that Jacob was unny and un
to work with. Evan didn’t eel lonely anymore. He had a new riend!
1. How does Evan eel at the beginning o the story? Why?
2. How do Evan and Jacob interact with each other?
3. How does Evan’s opinion o Jacob change by the end o the story?
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 294/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
286
Charts arrange inormation into columns and rows. The
headings o the columns orm the categories. The inormation
in each category is arranged to help the reader compare
inormation in categories. Readers can locate inormation in charts.
Read the paragraph and look at the chart below. Then answer
the questions.
Good Food
Eating a healthy diet means eating oods rom the ive dierent oodgroups: dairy, meat, ruit, breads and grains, and vegetables. You should
also keep track o how many calories you consume each day.
Nutritional Inormation or Selected Foods
Food Food Group Serving Size Calories
cheddar cheese dairy 1 ounce 115
hamburger meat 2 ounces 240
watermelon ruit 1 slice 85
bagel bread & grains 1 200
broccoli vegetables 1 cooked spear 50
1. How many calories are in one slice o watermelon?
2. What ood group is hamburger in?
3. What ood has 115 calories or a one ounce serving?
Text Feature:
Charts
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 295/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
287
Synonyms are words that have the same, or almost the same,
meaning.
The ollowing pairs o words are synonyms:
happy/glad araid/scared chair/seat tool/instrument
Read the words in the box below. Identiy and write a synonym
or each numbered word. Use both words in related sentences.
branch banquet problem cool ast story
1. Word: quick Synonym:
Sentence:
2. Word: twig Synonym:
Sentence:
3. Word: chilly Synonym:
Sentence:
4. Word: east Synonym:
Sentence:
Vocabulary Strategy:
Synonyms
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 296/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
288
A. Reading Strategy: Make Connections
Sometimes you read fction stories or poems (literary text) and nonfction
articles (inormational text) that have similar ideas. As you read, you canmake connections between the two kinds o text. They might have similar
themes, author’s purposes, or topics. Making connections between literary
and inormational texts helps you better understand both texts. Choose
a fction and nonfction text you are reading that have similar ideas. Use
inormation and details in the texts to complete the chart.
Inormational Text Literary Text
Author’s Purposeor Theme
Ideas
Connections Between the Texts
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning
o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Use your log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Stone Soup • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 297/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
289
1. I like to travel to dierent states.
2. My new bedroom is not as little as my old bedroom.
3. The class had to read three fction books over the summer.
4. Dad had to pay or a rental when the car broke down.
5. Mom likes to tell me a riddle beore school.
B. Sort the words above by inal stable syllables.
- le
-el
- ion
-al
A. Read each sentence. Underline the word with a inal stable
syllable. Write the word on the line and circle the inal stable
syllable.
The inal stable syllable is the last syllable in a word with
more than one syllable. When a word ends in - le, -al , -el , or
- ion, the consonant beore it plus the inal letters orm the inal
stable syllable.
Example: Final Stable Syllable
- le, as in pickle pic•kle
-al , as in global glo•bal
-el , as in level le•vel
- ion, as in action ac•tion
Phonics:
Final Stable
Syllables
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 298/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
290
Phonics:
Final Stable Syllables
8IFOUIFMFUUFSTMFPSJPOBQQFBSBUUIFFOEPGBXPSEBOEB
DPOTPOBOUDPNFTCFGPSFUIFNUIFDPOTPOBOUMFPSJPOGPSN
BGJOBMTUBCMFTZMMBCMF
UBrCMF UFOrTJPO
"$JSDMFUIFXPSEJOFBDIQBJSUIBUJTEJWJEFEJOUPTZMMBCMFT
DPSSFDUMZ
GSBDUrJPO GSBDrUJPO
NJTrTJPO NJrTTJPO
BQQrMF BQrQMF
UVSUrMF UVSrUMF
DPOrUSBDUrJPO DPOrUSBDrUJPO
FrSPrTJPO FSPTrJPO
DBrTUMF DBTrUMF
CVCrCMF CVrCCMF
#$JSDMFUIFXPSEXJUIBGJOBMTUBCMFTZMMBCMFJOFBDITFOUFODF
5IFOESBXBMJOFCFUXFFOFBDITZMMBCMF
5IFSPUUFOGSVJUTNFMMTUFSSJCMF
:PVDBOMPPLVQUIFEFGJOJUJPOPGUIFXPSEJOUIFEJDUJPOBSZ
5IFMJUUMFQVQQZXBTKVTUMFBSOJOHIPXUPGFUDIBCBMM
4IFIBEBTVSQSJTFEFYQSFTTJPOPOIFSGBDF
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 299/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
291
1. A turt is a slow-moving animal.
2. People waited or the train at the stat .
3. We need to buy hotdogs and a bott o ketchup.
4. Kurt had a wa or breakast.
5. Kaylee turned the hand to open the door.
6. The thunder sounded like an explos .
7. I you put on this suntan lot , you won’t get a sunburn.
8. I don’t need glasses because my vis is perect.
Phonics:
Final Stable Syllables
When the letters -le or -ion appear at the end o a word and a
consonant comes beore them, the consonant + -le or -ion orm
a inal stable syllable.
ta • ble ten • sion
Fill in the blanks with -le or -ion to write a word that makes sense
in the sentence. Then divide the word into syllables on the line.
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 300/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
292
Phonics: Final Stable
Syllables
When the letters -le or -ion appear at the end o a word and a
consonant comes beore them, the consonant + -le or -ion orm
a inal stable syllable.
ta • ble ten • sion
A. Underline the word in each row that has a inal stable syllable
and then circle the inal stable syllable.
1. basketball balloon bubble
2. rectangle square oval
3. children adults people
4. quickly motion going
5. light candle fre
6. house cottage mansion
7. nutrition healthy eating
8. puzzle difcult answer
B. Choose a word rom the list above to complete each sentence.
9. I lit a so I could see when the lights went out.
10. Eating healthul oods is important or good .
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 301/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
293
Phonics: Final Stable
Syllables
8IFOUIFMFUUFSTMFPSJPOBQQFBSBUUIFFOEPGBXPSEBOEB
DPOTPOBOUDPNFTCFGPSFUIFNUIFDPOTPOBOUMFPSJPOGPSN
BGJOBMTUBCMFTZMMBCMF
UBrCMF UFOrTJPO
"3FBEUIFQBTTBHF$JSDMFUIFXPSETXJUIGJOBMTUBCMFTZMMBCMFT
Our teacher gave us a math puzzle to solve. She gave us a triangle and
a rectangle. We had to ind out which had the longest sides. At irst we
had some trouble. Then we used addition to add up the length o eachshape’s sides. The triangle’s sides were longer. Our teacher told us to use
subtraction to ind out how much longer it was than the rectangle.
#8SJUFFBDIXPSEZPVGPVOEBCPWFBOEEJWJEFJUJOUPTZMMBCMFT
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 302/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6294
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 303/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
295
Vocabulary
A. Read the sentences. Fill in the blanks with the correct
vocabulary words rom the box.
securing decorated weakest darkened symbol gnaws
1. Jim wanted to make the stage prettier, so he it with
owers.
2. Megan drew a picture o a dove on the cover o the program. She said
that it was a that stood or peace.
3. At the end o the play, the stage was so there wasn’t
as much light as there was at the beginning.
4. Some o the costumes have holes in them. The stagehands think a
mouse on them at night.
5. The guards are the theater by locking the doors to
make it sae.
6. The stage helper has the least amount o strength
to lit the stage props.
B. Write new sentences or two o the vocabulary words used
above. Then underline the vocabulary word.
7.
8.
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 304/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
296
Comprehension:
Summarize
You can summarize a story by writing the plot’s main events in
the order they happened, or in the correct sequence.
Read each story below. Then write a summary.
1. Last night was the fnal perormance o the school play. The theater was
packed. Every seat was taken. The play went on without any problems.
In the end, the audience stood up and clapped. They all agreed it was
the best play they had ever seen.
Summary:
2. A new movie with Ray’s avorite superhero was coming to the theater. He
did not have enough money to go. He really wanted to see this movie.
Ray decided he would earn the money. He washed his dad’s car. He
cleaned his sister’s room, and he put away his mom’s clothes or her. Bythe time the movie got to the theater, Ray had enough money to see the
movie and have some popcorn!
Summary:
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 305/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
297
Comprehension:
Story Map
As you read The Strongest One, ill in the Story Map.
Character
Setting
Beginning
Middle
How does the inormation you wrote in this Story Map help you
summarize The Strongest One?
End
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 306/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
298
Fluency:
Expression and
Intonation
As I read, I will pay attention to expression and intonation.
Narrator: One evening, when John was out in the
9 woods digging up the roots o an old tree or King George,21 his shovel hit something hard.
26 John: What’s this? An old trunk with a mysterious
35 symbol on it! Oh goodness, it’s a pile o gold coins—really
47 buried treasure!
49 Narrator: John danced or joy, but then he realized he
59 had a big problem.
63 John: I the king inds out about this treasure, he will
74 keep all o it. I I tell Maria about it, she will tell the whole
89 world.
90 Narrator: John thought o a plan to ool the king and
101 keep the treasure or the villagers. 107
Comprehension Check
1. What is John’s problem? Problem and Solution
2. Why does John want to keep the treasure a secret? Plot
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 307/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
299
Comprehension: Plot
The plot is the series o events that make up the beginning,
middle, and end o a story. Sequence is the order in which
events happen in a story. Look or key words such as first ,
next , and last . You can use what you know about sequence to
summarize the plot’s main events.
Read the story. Then answer the questions that ollow.
The irst thing Janelle did when she woke up on Monday morning was
brush her teeth and wash her ace. Next, she got dressed and went to the
kitchen to get some breakast. Ater breakast, she put on her backpack
and kissed her parents goodbye. She got on her bike and rode to her riend
Jared’s house. Jared came out o his house and got on his bike, too. Then
they rode to school together. When they got to school, Janelle and Jared
locked their bikes in the bike rack. Last, they went to their classroom.
1. What was the frst thing Janelle did on Monday morning?
2. When did Janelle ride to Jared’s house?
3. What is the last event in the story? How do you know?
4. Summarize the main events o the story’s plot in sequence.
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 308/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
300
Text Feature:
Diagram
A diagram is a drawing that explains inormation. Readers can
locate inormation in diagrams. Inormation can be easier to
understand in a diagram.
Answer the questions about the diagram.
1. What does the diagram show?
2. What do you see in the irst part o the diagram?
3. What is the name o the adult animal?
4. What is the name o the animal in the middle o the lie cycle?
How a Frog Develops
tadpole
rog
eggs
1
2
3
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 309/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
301
Vocabulary Strategy:
Antonyms
Antonyms are words that have opposite meanings. The
ollowing are examples o antonym pairs:
sot/hard dark/light ast/slow happy/sad
Read the words in the box below. Identiy and write an antonym
or each numbered word. Use both words in related sentences.
take strongest dirty push
near alse wide smooth
1. Word: clean Antonym:
Sentence:
2. Word: rough Antonym:
Sentence:
3. Word: true Antonym:
Sentence:
4. Word: weakest Antonym:
Sentence:
5. Word: pull Antonym:
Sentence:
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 310/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
302
A. Reading Strategy: Make Connections
Sometimes you read fction stories or poems (literary text) and nonfction
articles (inormational text) that have similar ideas. As you read, you canmake connections between the two kinds o text. They might have similar
themes, author’s purposes, or topics. Making connections between
literary and inormational texts helps you better understand both texts.
Choose a fction and nonfction text you are reading that have similar
ideas. Use inormation and details in the texts to complete the chart.
Ideas in the Informational Text
Ideas in the Literary Text
Connections
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning
o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Use your log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
The Strongest One • Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 311/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
303
Phonics:
Vowel Team Syllables
&WFSZTZMMBCMFJOBXPSEIBTPOMZPOFWPXFMTPVOE8IFOUXP
WPXFMTDPNFUPHFUIFSBOETUBOEGPSPOFWPXFMTPVOEUIFZ
GPSNBWPXFMUFBN5IBUWPXFMTPVOEJTVTVBMMZMPOH"WPXFM
UFBNTUBZTJOUIFTBNFTZMMBCMF"TZMMBCMFUIBUIBTBWPXFM
UFBNJTDBMMFEBWPXFMUFBNTZMMBCMF
&YBNQMFTTPBL JOHUFBDI FSSBJO ZCVOO JFTNPJTU FO
3FBEFBDITFOUFODF8SJUFUIFXPSEXJUIUIFWPXFMUFBNTZMMBCMF
POUIFMJOF5IFOVOEFSMJOFUIFWPXFMUFBNTZMMBCMF
1FPQMFMJLFUPMJTUFOUPTUPSZUFMMFST
5IFZMJLFUSJDLTUFSTUPSJFT
5SJDLTUFSUBMFTXFSFVTFEGPSUFBDIJOHMFTTPOT
5IFZIFMQFYQMBJOXIZUIJOHTIBQQFOJOOBUVSF
.PTUUSJDLTUFSUBMFTBSFBCPVUBOJNBMT
4PNFUBMFTIBWFBOJNBMTUIBUMJWFJOUIF4PVUIXFTUBTDIBSBDUFST
1FPQMFMJLFIFBSJOHIPXPOFBOJNBMUSJDLTBOPUIFS
1MFBTFQVUUIFCBHFMJOUPUIFUPBTUFS
8IBUJTTFBXFFENBEFPG
.PJTUFOUIFFOWFMPQFáBQCFGPSFZPVDMPTFJU
Tales of the Trickster Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 312/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
304
Phonics: Vowel
Digraphs and
Diphthongs
A vowel digraph is two vowels that come together to make one
sound, oten a long vowel sound.
ea ei oa ai ie ue ui oo ay ey
A diphthong is two vowels whose sounds come together very
quickly.
oi ou oy
Vowel digraphs and diphthongs always stay together in the same
syllable.
teach • er nois • y
A. Underline the word that contains a digraph or diphthong.
Then circle the digraph or diphthong.
1. spoiled spinning 2. windy rainy
3. decide decoy 4. toasted tender
5. bouncy bubble 6. juicy jumping
7. cheating chicken 8. deliveries departure
B. Use two o the words you underlined to complete the
sentences. Then draw a line to divide the word into syllables.
9. The car ride was because there were so many bumps
in the road.
10. Evan likes bread and jelly with his eggs or breakast.
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 313/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
305
Phonics: Vowel
Digraphs and
Diphthongs
"WPXFMEJHSBQIJTUXPWPXFMTUIBUDPNFUPHFUIFSUPNBLFPOF
TPVOEPGUFOBMPOHWPXFMTPVOE
FB FJ PB BJ JF VF VJ PP BZ FZ
"EJQIUIPOHJTUXPWPXFMTXIPTFTPVOETDPNFUPHFUIFSWFSZ
RVJDLMZ
PJ PV PZ
7PXFMEJHSBQITBOEEJQIUIPOHTBMXBZTTUBZUPHFUIFSJOUIFTBNF
TZMMBCMF
UFBDIrFS OPJTrZ
"$JSDMFUIFXPSEJOFBDIQBJSUIBUJTEJWJEFEJOUPTZMMBCMFTDPSSFDUMZ
5IFOXSJUFUIFWPXFMEJHSBQIPSEJQIUIPOHPOUIFMJOF
QBJOUrFS QBrJOUFS
SFrMJFWF SFMJrFWF
PrJOUNFOU PJOU r NFOUJOUNFOU PJOU r NFOUUNFOU PJOUrNFOU
TFrBHVMM TFBrHVMM
DSBrZPO DSBZrPO
BSrHVF BSHV r FV r FrF
#$PNQMFUFFBDITFOUFODFCZDJSDMJOHUIFDPSSFDUMZEJWJEFEXPSE
5IFXJOOFSPGUIFDPOUFTUXBTBOrOPVODFEBOrOPrVODFEUIJTNPSOJOH
4NPLFXBTDPNJOHPVUPGUIFDIJNrOF r Z DIJN r OFZOF r Z DIJN r OFZF r Z DIJN r OFZrZ DIJN r OFZZDIJNrOFZ
Tales of the Trickster Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 314/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
306
Phonics: Vowel
Digraphs and
Diphthongs
A vowel digraph is two vowels that come together to make one
sound, oten a long vowel sound.
ea ei oa ai ie ue ui oo ay ey
A diphthong is two vowels whose sounds come together very
quickly.
oi ou oy
Vowel digraphs and diphthongs always stay together in the same
syllable.
teach • er nois • y
Fill in each blank with the correct digraph or diphthong. Then
write the word and draw a line to divide it into syllables.
1. (ue, ea) We went to pick bl berries in the orest.
2. (oi, ou) Angela was c nting her money to buy a CD.
3. (oa, oi) Turn o the stove when the soup starts b ling.
4. (ay, ai) Jim loves pl ing basketball on the weekend.
5. (ue, ui) The park ranger g ded our group back to the parking lot.
6. (ou, oa) I like to eat tmeal or breakast on chilly mornings.
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 315/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
307
Phonics: Vowel
Digraphs and
Diphthongs
A vowel digraph is two vowels that come together to make one
sound, oten a long vowel sound.
ea ei oa ai ie ue ui oo ay ey
A diphthong is two vowels whose sounds come together very
quickly.
oi ou oy
Vowel digraphs and diphthongs always stay together in the same
syllable.
teach • er nois • y
Choose the word with the vowel digraph or diphthong to complete
each sentence. Write the word on the line. Circle the digraph or
diphthong.
1. pencils crayons markers
My little brother likes to color with .
2. parents brothers teachers
Philip’s gave him plenty o homework.
3. outside running inside
It was sunny, so we went to play.
4. exciting enjoyable tiring
Our trip to the zoo was very .
5. voices clapping singing
Mila could hear the o her sister’s riends behind
the door.
6. windy chilly rainy
I wish we could go out, but it’s too .
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 316/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
308
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 317/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
309
Vocabulary
A. Read the story. Then ill in each blank with the correct
vocabulary word rom the box.
A o people love listening to trickster
tales. These tales are stories that help people
think about things in new ways. Each storyteller uses a dierent
to tell a trickster tale. The characters are oten
amusing, and very oten the main character is .
Ater hearing a trickster tale, people may to ind
other stories in which the same lesson is taught.
B. Using clues in the story, write the deinitions o these
vocabulary words. Use a dictionary to check your deinitions.
6. insightul
7. technique
8. majority
9. investigate
10. cunning
insightul technique majority investigate cunning
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 318/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
310
When authors compare and contrast two things in noniction,
they show how they are alike and how they are dierent.
When authors compare, they oten use signal words such as
like, just as, similar , both, also, and too. When they contrast,
they use signal words such as different , but , while, and on the
other hand.
Read this paragraph, and answer the questions below.
Trickster tales are all olk tales. They are similar in one way. They all
include characters that are very clever. In these stories, a smaller animal oten
outwits a larger, more powerul animal. Trickster tales oten have dierent
purposes. Some trickster tales teach lessons that are important or people
to know, while others explain how and why things happen in nature. But in
dierent cultures, the story characters may be dierent. The trickster may be
a dierent animal or have a dierent body.
1. How are all trickster tales alike?
2. How are trickster tales dierent rom one another?
3. How are trickster story characters dierent in various cultures?
Comprehension:
Compare and Contrast
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 319/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
311
Comprehension:
Venn Diagram
H o w d
o e s t h e i n f o r m a t i o n y o u
w r o t e i n t h e V e n n d i a g r
a m h e l p y o u
b e t t e r
u n d e r s t a n d T a l e s o f t h e
T r i c k s t e r ?
A s y o u r e a d T a l e s o f t h e T r i c
k s t e r , f i l l i n t h e V e n n d i a g r a m .
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 320/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
312
As I read, I will pay attention to pronunciation and phrasing.
Picture some chimpanzees in the Arican rain orest.
8 One young chimp rides on its mother’s back. Two chimps18 romp and play tag. Two others sit and groom one another.
29 Sitting quietly nearby is a young woman. She waits.
38 She watches. She jots down notes. She wants to learn as
49 much as she can about the chimps’ behavior. Her name is
60 Jane Goodall.
62 Jane’s interest in animals began when she was a child.
72 She was eager to learn about all kinds o creatures. Once
83 her parents ound Jane in bed with earthworms under
92 her pillow!
94 When Jane grew up, she wanted to go to Arica to see
106 animals in their natural home. She got her chance when a
117 school riend invited her to visit her parents’ arm in Kenya
128 in east Arica. Jane saved money or the trip and let or
140 Arica.
141 Ater her visit to the arm, she went to Kenya’s capital,152 Nairobi. 153
Comprehension Check
1. How does Jane Goodall learn about chimps’ behavior? Details
2. What chimp behaviors has Jane Goodall observed? Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Fluency:
Pronunciation and
Phrasing
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 321/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
313
Comprehension:
Compare Settings
5IFTFUUJOHPGBTUPSZJTXIFSFBOEXIFOBTUPSZUBLFTQMBDF
8IFOZPVDPNQBSFBOEDPOUSBTUUIFTFUUJOHTPGBNZUIBOEB
GPMLUBMFZPVUFMMIPXUIFTFUUJOHTBSFBMJLFBOEEJGGFSFOU
3FBEUIFNZUIBOEUIFGPMLUBMF5IFOBOTXFSUIFRVFTUJPO
Myth: Thor’s Haer
Long ago, in the ar North, the thunder god Thor discovered that
Thrym, the giant king, had taken his hammer. “To get your hammer back,
you must bring Freya to be my bride,” Thrym demanded. The goddess
Freya did not want to marry Thrym. The gods decided that Thor woulddid not want to marry Thrym. The gods decided that Thor would
dress as a bride and pretend to be Freya. Dressed as a bride, Thor went to
Thrym’s cold mountain home. The disguise ooled Thrym. He ordered that
Thor’s hammer be laid in the lap o the bride. At that, Thor grabbed his
hammer, struck Thrym with it, and let the land o the giants.
Folktale: Molly Whuie
Many years ago, three girls were lost in a dark, gloomy orest. They
ound a giant’s home. The girls convinced the giant to let them in and
eed them. The giant planned a trick to get rid o the girls. He placed straw
necklaces around their necks. Then he placed gold necklaces around his own
three daughters’ necks. Molly Whuppie was suspicious, so she switched the
necklaces. In the night, the giant grabbed the girls with the straw necklaces.
Then he took his three daughters into the woods and let them there. Molly
Whuppie and her sisters saely escaped rom the giant’s house.
)PXBSFUIFTFUUJOHTBMJLF)PXBSFUIFZEJGGFSFOU
Tales of the Trickster Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 322/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
314
Study Skill:
Functional Documents
"GVODUJPOBMEPDVNFOUHJWFTQFPQMFJOGPSNBUJPOPSIFMQT
UIFNLOPXIPXUPEPTPNFUIJOH6TFUFYUGFBUVSFTTVDI
BTIFBEJOHTPSLFZXPSETUPMPDBUFJOGPSNBUJPOJOGVODUJPOBM
EPDVNFOUT
r'PSNTNFOVTBEWFSUJTFNFOUTQBNQIMFUTBOECSPDIVSFT
HJWFJOGPSNBUJPOBOEIFMQVTEPUIJOHT
r'MZFSTQPTUFSTBOETDIFEVMFTBSFIBOEFEPVUPSQVUJO
QVCMJDQMBDFTUPBOOPVODFUIFUJNFTQMBDFTBOEEBUFTUIBU
BOFWFOUXJMMUBLFQMBDF
Imagine that your class is having a bake sale to raise money or the ield trip to
the museum in the city. Inorming a lot o people is a good way to raise money.
"OTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOTCFMPXBCPVUUIFCBLFTBMF
8IBUEPZPVUIJOLJTUIFCFTUXBZUPBEWFSUJTFUIFCBLFTBMF8IZ
8IFSFEPZPVUIJOLBSFHPPEQMBDFTUPBEWFSUJTFUIFCBLFTBMF
8IBUJOGPSNBUJPOXPVMEZPVJODMVEFPOBQPTUFSGPSUIFCBLFTBMF
8IBULJOETPGFWFOUTIBWFZPVTFFOBEWFSUJTFEPOGVODUJPOBMEPDVNFOUT
Tales of the Trickster Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 323/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
315
Vocabulary Strategy:
Prefixes and Suffixes
Preixes are word parts that can be added to the beginning o
base, or root, words to orm new words with new meanings.
Preix Meaning Example Meaning
re- to do again retell to tell again
un- not or opposite uneven not even
dis- not or opposite disconnect not connected
Suixes are word parts that can be added to the end o base
words to orm new words with new meanings.
Suix Meaning Example Meaning
-ful ull o, tending to useul ull o use-ly in a certain way quickly in a quick way
-er more aster more ast
-est most smartest most smart
Underline the word in each sentence that includes a preix or a
suix. Then write the meaning o the word.
1. People love playul stories about tricksters. Meaning:
2. A coat is warmer than a jacket. Meaning:
3. I oten disagree with my brother about which cartoon is the best. Meaning:
4. Lisa keeps her room the cleanest o all o us. Meaning:
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 324/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
316
A. Reading Strategy: Make Connections
Sometimes you read fction stories or poems (literary text) and nonfction
articles (inormational text) that have similar ideas. As you read, you canmake connections between the two kinds o text. They might have similar
themes, author’s purposes, or topics. Making connections between
literary and inormational texts helps you better understand both texts.
Choose a fction and nonfction text you are reading that have similar
ideas. Use inormation and details in the texts to complete the chart.
Ideas in the Informational Text
Ideas in the Literary Text
Connections
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaningo the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Use your log to
talk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Tales of the TricksterGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 325/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
317
When the letter r ollows a vowel, the vowel plus the r usually
stays in the same syllable.
Here are some words with r -controlled vowel syllables:
car/bon, birth/day , af/ter , four/teen, per/fect .
A. Underline the word with an r -controlled vowel syllable in
each sentence. Then write the word on the line and circle the
r-controlled vowel syllable in each word.
1. The election was held the frst week o April.
2. Each voter cast a vote at the polls.
3. The mayor was elected by the people o the city.
4. My brother wrote to the newspaper about his voting experience.
5. He suggested giving a dollar to the candidates’ avorite charity.
B. Write a sentence to show the meaning o the ollowing words.
6. born
7. part
8. more
9. cart
10. erment
11. carpool
Phonics:
r -Controlled
Vowel Syllables
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 326/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
318
Phonics: r -Controlled
Vowel Syllables
When one vowel is ollowed by the letter r , it makes an r -controlled
vowel sound.
The r -controlled vowel and the letter r stay in the same syllable.
cart per • son stir • ring tur • tle storm
A. Read each sentence. Underline the word with the r -controlled
vowel. Circle the syllable that contains the r -controlled vowel.
1. We let our truck in the parking lot.
2. The boats passed quickly under the bridge.
3. I am doing my report on the state o Texas.
4. It is urgent that you come right away.
5. Jack’s brother is in high school.
6. I want to be an architect when I grow up.
7. Natalie has a purple dress.
8. I wonder when Grandpa will visit.
B. Choose two words with r - controlled vowels rom above and
use each in a sentence.
9.
10.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 327/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
319
Phonics: r -Controlled
Vowel Syllables
When one vowel is ollowed by the letter r , it makes an r -controlled
vowel sound.
The r -controlled vowel and the letter r stay in the same syllable.
cart per • son stir • ring tur • tle storm
A. Fill in the missing letters ar or or in each blank to make a
word that makes sense in the sentence.
1. The dog wouldn’t stop b king.
2. This test is very imp tant.
3. I s ted the socks and ound the ones that matched.
4. Katie’s cousin is a fne tist.
B. Fill in the missing letters er or ur in each blank to make a
word that makes sense in the sentence.
5. You make a noun pl al by adding an s.
6. What is your p pose or going to the store?
7. Emily is a very ast runn .
8. My should s are sore rom liting heavy boxes.
C. Choose two words with r -controlled vowels rom above and
use each in a sentence.
9.
10.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 328/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
320
Phonics: r -Controlled
Vowel Syllables
When one vowel is ollowed by the letter r , it makes an r -controlled
vowel sound.
The r -controlled vowel and the letter r stay in the same syllable.
cart per • son stir • ring tur • tle storm
A. Underline the word that contains an r -controlled vowel
syllable. Then circle the r -controlled syllable. Some words
have more than one r -controlled syllable.
1. over sideways 2. usual normal
3. happy perky 4. curtains window
5. bald urry 6. order messy
7. shouting argue 8. sharpen pencil
B. Choose rom the words you underlined above to complete
the sentences below.
9. I need to my pencil because the point broke o.
10. The blew in the breeze that came through the window.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 329/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
321
Phonics: r -Controlled
Vowel Syllables
When one vowel is ollowed by the letter r , it makes an r -controlled
vowel sound.
The r -controlled vowel and the letter r stay in the same syllable.
cart per • son stir • ring tur • tle storm
A. Circle the words with r -controlled vowel syllables in the
paragraph below. Write the words on the lines.
One morning a big storm took the armer by surprise. Rain came bursting
through the clouds. Thunder boomed. The armer ran out to the barnyardto check the cows and horses. Wind was blowing the cornstalks over.
Suddenly, the stormy weather ended. The armer went back to gathering
the harvest.
B. Find the two words above that have more than one
r -controlled syllable. Draw a line to divide them into syllables.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 330/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
322
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 331/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
323
Vocabulary
A. Write the vocabulary word that best completes each sentence
below.
recipes magniicent ingredient
tasty masterpiece tradition
1. José read many until he ound the best one or
chocolate cake.
2. He planned to bake the most cake ever or his
grandmother’s birthday.
3. The only missing was the chocolate!
4. Chocolate would make the cake very .
5. José put the fnished cake on the counter. It looked like a
.
6. We decided that making chocolate birthday cakes should be a amily
.
B. Write the deinitions or two o the vocabulary words.
7.
8.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 332/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
324
Comprehension:
Compare and Contrast
When you compare and contrast things, you look at
the characteristics and point out how they are alike and
dierent. You can better understand characters in a story,
their relationships, and how they change by comparing and
contrasting them.
Read the ollowing paragraph, and answer the questions below.
George the rooster and Jen the chicken have been riends or many
years. They both love being in the kitchen, but George likes to bake
cookies and Jen likes to bake pies. Jen makes her pies with dierent types
o ruit, and George makes his cookies with dierent nuts and chips. Both
the cookies and pies are very tasty. Because everyone likes their cookies
and pies, George and Jen decided to open a bakery so everyone could try
them. George sells his cookies by the pound, and Jen sells her pies one at a
time. Both o them sold everything on their irst day. They spend more time
together baking and selling their treats. George and Jen are best riends.
1. Compare George and Jen. Tell how they are alike.
2. Contrast George and Jen. Tell how they are dierent.
3. How does their relationship change by the end o the story?
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 333/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
325
Comprehension:
Venn Diagram
As you read Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!, ill in the Venn diagrams.
How does the inormation you wrote in these Venn diagrams help youcompare and contrast characters in Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!?
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 334/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
326
Fluency:
Phrasing
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing.
Even kids can be inventors. Frank Epperson was 11
8 years old when he proved it! One night, he mixed powdered19 ruit lavor in a cup o soda water. He stirred it with a stick.
33 That’s how people made ruit drinks in 1905. But ater a
43 sip or two, Frank let his drink on the back porch.
54 The night grew very cold. By morning, Frank had a
64 magniicent surprise. His ruit soda had rozen to the stick.
74 Frank showed it to his riends. At irst everyone thought
84 Frank had lost his marbles. They thought he was crazy.
94 But ater one lick, everyone cheered. Frank’s invention was
103 a masterpiece. A work o art! Frank called it an Epsicle.
114 Frank decided to sell the icy treats. 121
Comprehension Check
1. How was a ruit drink made in 1905? Details
2. How did Frank Epperson discover popsicles? Details
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 335/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
327
Comprehension:
Compare Settings
The setting o a story is where and when a story takes place.
When you compare and contrast the settings o a myth and a
olktale, you tell how the settings are alike and dierent.
Read the olktale and the myth below. Then answer the question.
Paul and Babe: A Folktale
During the Winter o the Blue Snow, it was so cold that the snow turned
blue and all was rozen solid. One day, Paul Bunyan was walking in thewoods when he heard a strange sound. He looked down and saw a baby
blue ox crying out as it tried to make its way through the tall snowdrits.
Paul laughed, picked up the little ox, and carried it home. He sat the ox by
the ire and bathed and dried it, but he could not get the blue color out o
the ox’s coat. The ox stayed blue, so Paul named it Babe the Blue Ox.
The Myth of the Seasons
Hades, the God o the Underworld, saw Persephone gathering lowers.He ell in love with her, so he decided to take her to the Underworld.
Persephone’s mother was Demeter, the goddess o the harvest and the
seasons. When Demeter saw that her daughter was gone, she cried and
searched or her daughter. Crops began to die. The earth turned cold and
remained covered with ice and snow. It was not until Hades agreed to
allow Persephone to spend part o the year with her mother that Demeter
brought warmth and lie back to the earth. But when Persephone is with
Hades, Demeter cries and winter returns. This is why we have seasons.
1. How are the settings alike? How are they dierent?
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 336/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
328
TUPNBDI
JOUFTUJOFMJWFS
QBODSFBT
FTPQIBHVT NPVUI
)PX'PPEJT%JHFTUFE
Text Feature:
Diagram
"EJBHSBNJTBESBXJOHUIBUFYQMBJOTJOGPSNBUJPO3FBEFST
DBOMPDBUFJOGPSNBUJPOJOBEJBHSBNBOEVTFUIFJOGPSNBUJPOUP
VOEFSTUBOEBUPQJDPSBQSPDFTT
-PPLBUUIFEJBHSBN"OTXFSUIFRVFTUJPOT
8IBUJTUIFUJUMFPGUIJTEJBHSBN
8IJDICPEZQBSUEPZPVVTFUPDIFXBOEUBTUFGPPE
8IJDICPEZQBSUMFBETUPUIFTUPNBDI
5IFQBODSFBTNBLFTKVJDFTUIBUIFMQZPVEJHFTUGPPE8IJDICPEZQBSUJT
OFBSFTUUIFQBODSFBT
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo! Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 337/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
329
Vocabulary Strategy:
Idioms
An idiom is a phrase such as, “He was on cloud nine,” which
means he was very happy. The idiom’s meaning is dierent
rom the meaning o each word in it. To igure out the meaning
o an idiom, use the context o the sentence. I context doesn’t
help you, look up the idiom in a dictionary under the key word.
A. Circle the idiom in each sentence below. Write the meaning
o the idiom on the next line. You can use a dictionary to help
you.
1. Both Dad and Mom work hard to bring home the bacon.
2. Hitting a home run was a piece o cake or our best batter.
3. She had to use her noodle to fgure out how to fx the bike.
4. Sam is the big cheese because he was elected president.
B. Look up the idiom “You’re pulling my leg” in a dictionary.
Write the meaning on the line.
5.
.
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 338/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
330
A. Reading Strategy: Ask Questions
Ask questions to understand stories you read. Look in the story or acts
and details to answer the question. Use them as evidence to supportyour answer. Here are three kinds o questions to ask:
Who? What? When? The answers to these
questions are right there in
the story.
Why? How? The answers to these
questions aren’t in the story.
You use story acts and detailsto igure out the answer.
What was the author’s
theme? Did the author do a
good job?
You look at story details and
make a decision about how to
answer this question.
Write three kinds o questions about the story. Use acts and details rom
the story to answer them. Write your answers on another paper.
1. Question
2. Question
3. Question
B. Independent Reading Log
Choose something that you would like to read. Ater reading, complete
the reading log. Be sure to paraphrase, or tell the main idea or meaning
o the text. Keep the details or events in the correct order. Use your log totalk to others about what you read.
Genre
Title Author
This Text Is About
Reading Strategy/
Reading Log
Cook-a-Doodle-Doo!Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 339/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
331
Phonics/Word Study:
Suffixes
4VGGJYFTBSFXPSEQBSUTUIBUDBOCFBEEFEUPUIFFOEPGXPSET
"EEJOHBTVGGJYGPSNTBOFXXPSEXJUIBOFXNFBOJOH4VGGJYFT
DIBOHFUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFSPPUXPSE5IFZBMTPDIBOHFUIF
XPSETQBSUPGTQFFDI'PS FYBNQMF UIF TVGGJY 'PSFYBNQMFUIFTVGGJYBCMFDIBOHFT
BWFSCUPBOBEKFDUJWFBTJO GJY BOEGJYBCMF8IFO UIF TVGGJY8IFOUIFTVGGJY
BCMFJTBEEFEUPBSPPUXPSEUIBUFOETJODPOTPOBOUFUIFFJT
ESPQQFEBTJOVTBCMF
4VGGJY .FBOJOH &YBNQMF
GVM GVMMPGUFOEJOHUP IPQFGVMGVMMPGIPQF
MFTT OPUIBWJOHXJUIPVU TMFFQMFTTXJUIPVUTMFFQ
MZ JOBDFSUBJOXBZ RVJDLMZJOBRVJDLXBZ
BCMF DBQBCMFPGBCMFUP VTBCMFBCMFUPVTF
6OEFSMJOFUIFXPSEJOFBDITFOUFODFUIBUJODMVEFTBTVGGJY5IFO
XSJUFUIFNFBOJOHPGUIFXPSEBOEJUTQBSUPGTQFFDIPOUIFMJOF
.ST-JOXPPEJTBMXBZTWFSZDIFFSGVMXIFO*CSJOHNZQVQQZPWFSUPQMBZ
.FBOJOH
/FXCPSOQVQQJFTBOELJUUFOTBSFIFMQMFTTXJUIPVUUIFJSNPUIFST
.FBOJOH
4UBOEJOHJOUIFTVOXJUIPVUTVOTDSFFOJTIBSNGVMUPZPVSTLJO
.FBOJOH
*XPVMEMJLFUPWJTJUUIFBOJNBMTBUUIF[PPXFFLMZ
.FBOJOH
One Riddle, One Answer Grade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 340/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
332
Phonics: Suffixes
A derivational aix is a word part added to a base or root word
that changes its meaning. A suix is a derivational aix added to
the end o a word.
Suix Meaning Example
-able able to, providing, having measurable
the power o
-ful with, ull o, tending to useul
-less not having, without sleepless
-ly in a certain manner or quicklyway, like
A. Circle the suix in the ollowing words. Then write the root or
base word on the line. Watch or spelling changes.
1. careul 2. regularly
3. renewable 4. graceul
5. spotless 6. comortable
B. Choose a word rom the list above to complete each
sentence. Use the clue in parentheses to help you.
7. Jared was (with care) not to spill the glass o water.
8. The sot chair was very (providing comort) .
9. Jane cleaned the mirror until it was (without spots or dirt)
.
10. Kate (in a regular way) volunteers at the animal shelter.
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 341/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
333
Phonics: Suffixes
A derivational aix is a word part added to a base or root word
that changes its meaning. A suix is a derivational aix added to
the end o a word.
Suix Meaning Example
-able able to, providing, having measurable
the power o
-ful with, ull o, tending to useul
-less not having, without sleepless
-ly in a certain manner or quicklyway, like
A. Add the suixes to the ollowing base words. Then write what
the word means. Watch or spelling changes.
1. recognize + able =
meaning:
2. happy + ly =
meaning:
3. care + less =
meaning:
4. color + ul =
meaning:
B. Choose a word rom above to complete each sentence.
5. people sometimes throw trash in the park.
6. Ms. Cam is always because she wears a big hat.
7. My little brother played in the mud.
8. The parade had oats decorated with owers.
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 342/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
334
Phonics: Suffixes
A derivational aix is a word part added to a base or root word
that changes its meaning and its part o speech. A suix is a
derivational aix added to the end o a word.
The suixes -able, -less, and -ful can change a base or root word
into an adjective, a word that describes people or things.
The suix -ly can change a base or root word into an adverb, a
word that describes actions.
A. Underline the suix in each word. Then tell whether the suix makes
the word an adjective or an adverb. Write the word’s meaning.
1. quickly
2. hopeul
3. adorable
4. sunless
5. shyly
B. Choose a word rom above to complete each sentence.
6. James ran to catch the bus.
7. I am that my parents will let me get a puppy.
8. The gray day was cloudy and .
9. Erica stepped on stage or the frst time.
10. The kittens looked cute sleeping in their box.
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 343/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
335
Phonics: Suffixes
A derivational aix is a word part added to a base or root word
that changes its meaning. A suix is a derivational aix added to
the end o a word.
The suixes -able, -less, and -ful can change a base or root word
into an adjective, a word that describes people or things.
The suix -ly can change a base or root word into an adverb, a
word that describes actions.
A. Add suixes -able, -less, and -ful to the base or root words
below. Remember that some words drop their inal e when-able is added. Then choose two words and write a sentence
or each to show its meaning.
1. use
2. color
B. Add -ly to the words below. Remember that fnal y may change to
an i when -ly is added. Use the words to write a short story.
3. happy 4. hour
5. quiet 6. hungry
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 344/351
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step
1GPHOJOOJHFCFIUUBTFYJGFSQTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
UIFXPSE
Step2
ESPXFIUGPEOFFIUUBTFYJGGVTTUSBQESPXSPGLPP-
Step
3LOJI5TOSFUUBQHOJMMFQTSBJMJNBGSPGLPPMESPXFTBCFIUO*
BCPVUUIFTJYTZMMBCMFTQFMMJOHQBUUFSOTZPVIBWFMFBSOFE
Step
4TUSBQESPXFIUSFIUFHPUEOFMCEOBUVPEOVP4
Step
5
TBOPJUBJDOVOPSQSVPZUTV KE"UTBGTUSBQESPXFIUZB4
OFFEFE"TLZPVSTFMGi*TUIJTBXPSE*IBWFIFBSECFGPSFu
5IFOSFBEUIFXPSEJOUIFTFOUFODFBOEBTLi%PFTJU
NBLFTFOTFJOUIJTTFOUFODFu
Use the decoding strategy. It will help you make sure
that you are decoding words correctly.
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Name Phonics:
Word Study
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
336
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 345/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
337
Vocabulary
A. Read the sentences. Then write each underlined vocabulary
word next to its deinition below.
1. The author observed the silly things happening all around her.2. Some would have been discouraged by the silliness, but she was not.
3. The silliness was suitable or someone writing a book o riddles.
4. Her editor advised the author about how to write a book o riddles.
5. She decided to depart or a vacation and fnish the riddle book later.
6. The author had new ideas to increase the number o riddles.
a. gave a suggestion or told someonehow to do something
b. leave or go away
c. not hopeul
d. right or a certain purpose
e. saw and paid attention to
. grow in number
B. Use one vocabulary word in a sentence about riddles.
7.
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 346/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
338
Comprehension:
Character, Setting,
Plot
The plot is the series o events that take place in a story.
To understand the main plot events, sequence them, or putthem in order. Then retell the main events briely in your own
words. One event in a plot leads to other events.
Characters are the people in a story. Read to ind out about
characters’ relationships, how they treat each other, and how
they change.
Read the story. Answer the questions below.
Mike loved attention. He always wanted everyone’s eyes on him.
Mike and his best riend, Ed, tried out or a play at a theater in town one
Saturday. During the tryout they took turns playing a part. Mike was a little
jealous o Ed because he was a good actor. Mike knew Ed wanted a part
in the play more than anything else. At irst, Mike interrupted each time
it was Ed’s turn to talk. Then Mike saw how sad Ed looked. He stopped
interrupting and let Ed say his lines. They both got parts in the play!
1. What event happens in the story frst?
2. Tell what happened in your own words.
3. How does Mike change by the end o the story?
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 347/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
339
Comprehension:
Setting Web
A s y o u r e a d O n e
R i d d l e ,
O n e A n s w e r , f i l l i n t h e S e t t i n g W e b .
H o w d o e s t h e i n f o
r m a t i o n y o u w r o t e i n t h i s S e t t i n g W e b h e l p y o u u
n d e r s t a n d p l o t
d e v e l o p m e n t i n O n e R i d d l e ,
O n e A n s w e r ?
E v e n t
E v e n t
C h a r a c t e r
S e t t i n g
E v e n t
E v e n t
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 348/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
340
Fluency:
Phrasing and
Intonation
As I read, I will pay attention to phrasing and intonation.
Once, long ago in Mexico, three brothers lived on a
10 small arm. The soil was rocky. There was not much rain.21 Their crops did not grow well. For these reasons, they were
32 very poor.
34 Each day, Pablo, the youngest brother, got up beore
43 sunrise. Then he crept silently out o the house while his
54 brothers, Manuel and Juan, snored. Pablo walked many
62 miles to the nearest school.
67 He couldn’t spend the whole day at school, because he
77 had to return home to help his brothers on the arm.
88 “Here comes Mr. Smart Guy,” Manuel would tease
96 Pablo when he returned. Manuel had never gone to school,
106 and he didn’t want to go. He didn’t understand why Pablo
117 liked it so much. 121
Comprehension Check
1. Why does Pablo get up beore his brothers? Plot Development
2. Why does Manuel tease Pablo? Plot Development
Words Read –Number of
Errors=
WordsCorrect Score
First Read – =
Second Read – =
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 349/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
341
Comprehension:
Compare Settings
The setting o a story is where and when a story takes place.
When you compare and contrast the settings o a myth and a
olktale, you tell how the settings are alike and dierent.
Read the myth and the olktale. Then answer the question.
Myth: Dahne
In the orests o ancient Greece lived a nymph named Daphne. Daphne
loved to run ree and wild through the trees. She loved to cross the streams
and rivers. She loved to hunt the animals o the orest. One day, the godApollo ell deeply in love with Daphne. But she did not love him. Apollo
chased Daphne through the orest. He wanted to catch her so that they could
be together. They ran and ran until Daphne became too tired to run anymore.
She called to her ather, the river god Peneus, or help. To save his daughter
rom Apollo, Peneus changed Daphne into a laurel tree.
Folktale: Buffalo Woan
Long ago, a young Native American brave lived on the Great Plains.He was a skilled hunter who respected the bualo. One day on a hunt, a
bualo approached him. When the brave blinked, the bualo was replaced
by a beautiul woman. The brave ell in love with the woman and married
her. They had a son. One day, the wie and son changed into bualo. The
brave wanted to be with them, so the chie bull tested the young brave.
When he had passed all o the tests, the young brave became a bualo,
too. He lived happily with his wie and son among the Bualo Nation.1. How are the settings alike? How are they dierent?
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 350/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
342
Imagery is a kind o sensory language in which writer’s use
words and images that appeal to the senses. Writers include
strong adjectives, vivid verbs, and many details to help the
reader understand how people, things, or events in a story look,
smell, sound, taste, or eel.
A. Choose a word or words rom the box to add imagery to each
sentence. You do not need to use every word.
1. The woods were .
2. The children elt .
3. Suddenly, a bird appeared.
4. “Don’t worry, I’ll take you home,” the bird
twittered sotly.
B. Read the sentence below. Then describe what senses the writer is
appealing to on the lines provided.
5. The gigantic bird tucked the children under its wings, soared above the
clouds, and, when it reached their home, gently placed them on the
ground.
dark green rozen cold gigantic
riendly terriied kind sad big
Literary Element:
Sensory Language:
Imagery
One Riddle, One AnswerGrade 3/Unit 6
8/22/2019 Practice Book 1 pearson english
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/practice-book-1-pearson-english 351/351
Name
© M
a c m i l l a n / M c G r a w
- H i l l
Practice
Use a dictionary to ind the meaning o unamiliar words. In
a dictionary, the words are broken into syllables. You can ind
the meaning o the word, how it should be pronounced, and its
part o speech. A word can have more than one meaning in the
dictionary. Some dictionaries have example sentences to help
you decide how to use the word correctly.
A. Use the dictionary entries to answer the questions below.
sep•a•rate (sep´ ә rat) verb 1. to keep apart; be a barrier between; divide.2. to set or place apart. A fence separates the garden from the sidewalk.
(sep´ rit) adjective 3. dierent; distinct: Those are separate problems and
cannot be handled the same way .
suc•cess (sәk ses´) noun 1. a avorable result or ending. The success
of my science project pleased my teacher . 2. the gaining o wealth,
position, or ame. He achieved great success in business. 3. a person or
thing that succeeds or is successul. The party was a success.
1. How many syllables are in the verb separate?
2. What is the pronunciation o success?
3. What part o speech is success?
B. Read each sentence. Write the correct meaning or the underlined
word.
4. We knew all the planning would make the trip a success.
5. Mom had to buy us separate tickets or the bus.
Vocabulary Strategy:
Dictionary